UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

Commission File Number 0-18082

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC.


(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Maryland
43-1524856
(State of Incorporation) (IRS Employer Identification Number)

1451 E. Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri
65804
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
(417) 887-4400
Registrant's telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.Yes [  ]   No [X]
Indicated by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes [  ]   No [X]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X]  No [  ]
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. [  ]
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerate filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
           Large accelerated filer [  ]       Accelerated filer [X]       Non-accelerated filer [  ]
Indicated by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [  ]   No [X]
The aggregate market value of the common stock of the Registrant held by non-affiliates of the Registrant on June 30, 2006, computed by reference to the closing price of such shares on that date, was $317,925,136. At March 9, 2007, 13,687,696 shares of the Registrant's common stock were outstanding.
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
PART I
ITEM 1.     BUSINESS 1
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. 1
Great Southern Bank 1
Forward-Looking Statements 2
Internet Website 2
Primary Market Area 3
Recent Acquisitions 4
Lending Activities 4
Loan Portfolio Composition 6
Environmental Issues 8
Residential Real Estate Lending 9
Commercial Real Estate and Construction Lending 10
Other Commercial Lending 11
Consumer Lending 12
Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing of Loans 13
Loan Delinquencies and Defaults 15
Classified Assets 16
Non-Performing Assets 16
Allowances for Losses on Loans and Foreclosed Assets 18
Investment Activities 21
Sources of Funds 25
Subsidiaries 31
Competition 32
Employees 33
Government Supervision and Regulation 33
Federal and State Taxation 37
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS  38
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 45
ITEM 2.     PROPERTIES 45
ITEM 3.     LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 48
ITEM 4.     SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS 48
ITEM 4A.  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT 48
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED
                      STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

49
ITEM 6.     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 51
ITEM 7.     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION 55
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES
                      ABOUT MARKET RISK

86
ITEM 8.     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION 91
ITEM 9.     CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS
                 ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 138
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 137
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 141
 

Next Page
i
 

PART III
 
ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 141
ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 141
ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT 141
ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND
                       DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

142
ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES 142
 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 143
 
SIGNATURES 146
INDEX TO EXHIBITS 147

Next Page
ii
 

PART I

ITEM 1.             BUSINESS.

THE COMPANY

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.

             Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. ("Bancorp" or "Company") is a financial holding company and parent of Great Southern Bank ("Great Southern" or the "Bank"). Bancorp was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in July 1989 as a unitary savings and loan holding company. After receiving the approval of the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis (the "Federal Reserve Board" or "FRB"), the Company became a one-bank holding company on June 30, 1998, upon the conversion of Great Southern to a Missouri-chartered trust company. In 2004, Bancorp was re-incorporated under the laws of the State of Maryland.

             As a Maryland corporation, the Company is authorized to engage in any activity that is permitted by the Maryland General Corporation Law and is not prohibited by law or regulatory policy. The Company currently conducts its business as a financial holding company. Through the financial holding company structure, it is possible to expand the size and scope of the financial services offered by the Company beyond those offered by the Bank. The financial holding company structure provides the Company with greater flexibility than the Bank has to diversify its business activities, through existing or newly formed subsidiaries, or through acquisitions or mergers of other financial institutions as well as other companies. At December 31, 2006, Bancorp's consolidated assets were $2.24 billion, consolidated net loans were $1.67 billion, consolidated deposits were $1.70 billion and consolidated stockholders' equity was $176 million. The assets of the Company consist primarily of the stock of Great Southern, available-for-sale securities, minority interests in a local trust company and a merchant banking company and cash.

             Through the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, the Company offers insurance, travel, investment and related services, which are discussed further below. The activities of the Company are funded by retained earnings and through dividends from Great Southern. Activities of the Company may also be funded through borrowings from third parties, sales of additional securities or through income generated by other activities of the Company. The Company expects to finance its future activities in a similar manner.

             The executive offices of the Company are located at 1451 East Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri 65804, and its telephone number at that address is (417) 887-4400.

Great Southern Bank

             Great Southern was formed as a Missouri-chartered mutual savings and loan association in 1923, and, in 1989, converted to a Missouri-chartered stock savings and loan association. In 1994, Great Southern changed to a federal savings bank charter and then, on June 30, 1998, changed to a Missouri-chartered trust company (the equivalent of a commercial bank charter). Headquartered in Springfield, Missouri, Great Southern offers a broad range of banking services through its 37 branches located in southwestern and central Missouri and the Kansas City, Missouri area. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had total assets of $2.24 billion, net loans of $1.67 billion, deposits of $1.71 billion and stockholders' equity of $193 million, or 8.6% of total assets. Its deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF") to the maximum levels permitted by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").

Next Page
1
 

             Great Southern is principally engaged in the business of originating residential and commercial real estate loans, construction loans, other commercial and consumer loans and funding these loans through attracting deposits from the general public, originating brokered deposits and borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the "FHLBank") and others.

             For many years, Great Southern has followed a strategy of emphasizing quality loan origination through residential, commercial and consumer lending activities in its local market area. The goal of this strategy has been to maintain its position as one of the leading providers of financial services in its market area, while simultaneously diversifying assets and reducing interest rate risk by originating and holding adjustable-rate loans in its portfolio and selling fixed-rate single-family mortgage loans in the secondary market. The Bank continues to place primary emphasis on residential mortgage and other real estate lending while also expanding and increasing its originations of commercial business and consumer loans.

             The corporate office of the Bank is located at 1451 East Battlefield, Springfield, Missouri 65804 and its telephone number at that address is (417) 887-4400.

Forward-Looking Statements

             When used in this Form 10-K and in future filings by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), in the Company's press releases or other public or shareholder communications, and in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases "will likely result" "are expected to," "will continue," "is anticipated," "estimate," "project," "intends" or similar expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including, among other things, changes in economic conditions in the Company's market area, changes in policies by regulatory agencies, fluctuations in interest rates, the credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company's ability to access cost-effective funding, demand for loans and deposits in the Company's market area and competition, that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical earnings and those presently anticipated or projected. The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed above could affect the Company's financial performance and could cause the Company's actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements.

             The Company does not undertake-and specifically declines any obligation- to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

Internet Website

             Bancorp maintains a website at www.greatsouthernbank.com. The information contained on that website is not included as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Bancorp currently makes available on or through its website Bancorp's Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K or amendments to these reports. These materials are also available free of charge (other than a user's regular internet access charges) on the Securities and Exchange Commission's website at www.sec.gov.

Next Page
2
 

Primary Market Area

             Great Southern's primary market area encompasses 15 counties in southwestern and central Missouri. The Bank's branches and ATMs support deposit and lending activities throughout the region, serving such diversified markets as Springfield, Joplin, the resort areas of Branson and Lake of the Ozarks, and various smaller communities in the Bank's market area. Management believes that the Bank's share of the deposit and lending markets in its market area is approximately 10% and that the Bank's affiliates have an even smaller percent, with the exception of the travel agency which has a larger percent of its respective business in its market area. In 2006, the Bank expanded its branch and ATM system into the Kansas City market by opening its first retail branch in Lee's Summit, Missouri.

             Great Southern's largest concentration of loans and deposits is in the Greater Springfield area. With a population of approximately 398,000, the Greater Springfield area is the third largest metropolitan area in Missouri. Employment in this area is diversified, including small and medium-sized manufacturing concerns, service industries, especially in the resort and leisure activities sectors, agriculture, the federal government, and a major state university. Springfield is also a regional health care center. The unemployment rate in this area is, and has consistently been, below the national average.

             The second largest concentration of loans is in the Branson area. The region is a vacation and entertainment center, attracting tourists to its theme parks, resorts, country music and novelty shows and other recreational facilities. As a result of the rapid growth of the Branson area in the early 1990's, property values increased at unusually high rates. This growth also provided for increased loan demand and a more volatile lending market than had previously been present in that area. Due to overbuilding of commercial properties during the mid-1990's, property values experienced downward pressure in the late 1990's. In recent years, commercial real estate values have stabilized. Reduced demand for residential properties in the 1990's similarly created downward pressure on one- to four-family and multi-family, primary and vacation residences in this area. In recent years, residential real estate demand and values have shown improvements. Branson is currently experiencing significant growth again as a result of a large retail, hotel, convention center development which has opened in Branson's historic downtown. This project is expected to create hundreds of new jobs in the area. In addition, several large national retailers have opened or will soon open stores in Branson.

             A significant portion of the Bank's loans are secured by properties in the two county region that includes the Branson area. Approximately $197.0 million, or 10.2%, of the total loan portfolio at December 31, 2006, was secured by commercial real estate, commercial construction, other residential properties, one- to four-family residential properties, and one- to four-family construction properties, and consumer loans in the Branson area. Residential mortgages account for approximately $68.5 million of this total. Included in the Branson concentration totals are approximately $6.4 million of non-performing loans.

             To expand and diversify the Bank's loan portfolio, the Bank opened a loan production office in Kansas City, Missouri, and a Northwest Arkansas loan production office in Rogers, Arkansas, in 2003. In February 2005, Great Southern opened a loan production office in St. Louis, Missouri. Great Southern historically served commercial lending needs in the St. Louis, Kansas City and Northwest Arkansas regions from its Springfield office. The Bank's familiarity with these three growth markets, coupled with potential strong loan demand, led to physical expansion in these regions that allows Great Southern to more conveniently serve and expand relationships with existing customers and attract new business. Managed by seasoned commercial lenders who have personal experience and knowledge in their respective markets, the offices offer all Great Southern commercial lending services, including fixed and variable rate commercial real estate loans for new and existing customers. Underwriting of all loan production in these regions is performed in Springfield, so credit decisions are consistent across all markets.

Next Page
3
 

             In 2006, the Kansas City loan production office experienced growth with $75.1 million in commercial loan originations. As of December 31, 2006, the Kansas City office had $183.9 million in outstanding loan balances, which includes loans previously originated and serviced by the Springfield office.

             The Northwest Arkansas loan production office primarily serves the Northwest Arkansas corridor, which includes the cities of Fayetteville, Rogers, Springdale and Bentonville. The Northwest Arkansas corridor was named as one of the strongest regional economies in the nation, according to a recent Milken Institute Report. Loan originations in 2006 for the Northwest Arkansas office were $75.3 million. As of December 31, 2006, the Arkansas office had outstanding loan balances of $149.9 million, which included loans previously originated and serviced by the Springfield office.

             In 2006, the St. Louis loan production office experienced growth with $193.9 million in commercial loan originations, which included both funded and unfunded portions of construction loans and other short term loans. As of December 31, 2006, the St. Louis office had $213.0 million in outstanding loan balances, which included loans previously originated and serviced by the Springfield office.

             In March 2006, Great Southern opened a loan production office in Columbia, Missouri, which serves the Columbia, Jefferson City and Lake of the Ozarks markets. Similar to the other loan production offices, the Columbia office is managed by a seasoned commercial lender who has personal experience and knowledge in these markets.

Recent Acquisitions

             In January 2006, Great Southern acquired Classic Cruise and Travel in Lee's Summit, Missouri. The agency serves both leisure and corporate travel needs in the Lee's Summit market.

             In August 2006, Great Southern acquired Global Travel and Vacations in Columbia, Missouri. It offers primarily leisure travel services to the Columbia market.

             Great Southern has entered into a contract to purchase The Travel Company with two locations in the greater St. Louis, Missouri area. The agency serves both leisure and corporate travel needs in the St. Louis market.

Lending Activities

             General

             From its beginnings in 1923 through the early 1980s, Great Southern primarily made long-term, fixed-rate residential real estate loans that it retained in its loan portfolio. Beginning in the early 1980s, Great Southern increased its efforts to originate short-term and adjustable-rate loans. Beginning in the mid-1980s, Great Southern increased its efforts to originate commercial real estate and other residential loans, primarily with adjustable rates or shorter-term fixed rates. In addition, some competitor banking organizations have merged with larger institutions and changed their business practices or moved operations away from the local area, and others have consolidated operations from the local area to larger cities. This has provided Great Southern expanded opportunity in these areas as well as in the origination of commercial business and consumer loans, primarily the indirect automobile area. In addition to origination of these loans, the Bank has expanded and enlarged its relationships with smaller banks to purchase participations (at par, generally with no servicing costs) in loans the smaller banks originate but are unable to retain in their portfolios due to capital limitations. The Bank uses the same underwriting guidelines in evaluating these participations as it does in its direct loan originations. At December 31, 2006, the balance of participation loans purchased was $68.4 million, or 3.5% of the total loan portfolio. None of these participation loans were non-performing at December 31, 2006.

Next Page
4
 

             One of the principal historical lending activities of Great Southern is the origination of fixed and adjustable-rate conventional residential real estate loans to enable borrowers to purchase or refinance owner-occupied homes. Great Southern originates a variety of conventional, residential real estate mortgage loans, principally in compliance with Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae standards for resale in the secondary market. Great Southern promptly sells most of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that it originates. Depending on market conditions, the ongoing servicing of these loans is at times retained by Great Southern and at other times released to the purchaser of the loan. Great Southern retains substantially all of the adjustable-rate mortgage loans that it originates in its portfolio.

             Another principal lending activity of Great Southern is the origination of commercial real estate and commercial construction loans. Since the early 1990s, this area of lending has been an increasing percentage of the loan portfolio and accounted for approximately 50% of the portfolio at December 31, 2006.

             In addition, Great Southern in recent years has increased its emphasis on the origination of other commercial loans, home equity loans, consumer loans and student loans, and is also an issuer of letters of credit. See "-- Other Commercial Lending," "- Classified Assets," and "Loan Delinquencies and Defaults" below. Letters of credit are contingent obligations and are not included in the Bank's loan portfolio.

             The percentage of collateral value Great Southern will loan on real estate and other property varies based on factors including, but not limited to, the type of property and its location and the borrower's credit history. As a general rule, Great Southern will loan up to 95% of the appraised value on single-family properties and up to 90% on two- to four-family residential property. Typically, private mortgage insurance is required for the loan amount above the 80% level. For commercial real estate and other residential real property loans, Great Southern may loan up to a maximum of 85% of the appraised value. The origination of loans secured by other property is considered and determined on an individual basis by management with the assistance of any industry guides and other information which may be available.

             Loan applications are approved at various levels of authority, depending on the type, amount and loan-to-value ratio of the loan. Loan commitments of more than $750,000 (or loans exceeding the Freddie Mac loan limit in the case of fixed-rate one- to four-family residential loans for resale) must be approved by Great Southern's loan committee. The loan committee is comprised of the Chairman of the Bank, as chairman of the committee, and other senior officers of the Bank involved in lending activities.

             Although Great Southern is permitted under applicable regulations to originate or purchase loans and loan participations secured by real estate located in any part of the United States, the Bank has concentrated its lending efforts in Missouri and Northern Arkansas, with the largest concentration of its lending activity being in southwestern and central Missouri. In addition, the Bank has made loans, secured primarily by commercial real estate, in other states, primarily Oklahoma, Kansas and other Midwestern states.

Next Page
5
 

Loan Portfolio Composition

             The following table sets forth information concerning the composition of the Bank's loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages (before deductions for loans in process, deferred fees and discounts and allowance for loan losses) as of the dates indicated. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and is qualified by reference to the Company's consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto contained in Item 8 of this report.

December 31,
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
(Dollars in thousands)
Real Estate Loans:
  Residential
    One- to four- family $ 176,630 9.1% $ 173,135 9.7% $ 171,197 11.6% $ 158,990 12.4% $ 172,142 15.3%
    Other residential 73,366 3.8    105,845 6.0    117,755 8.0    107,090 8.4    84,862 7.5   
  Commercial and industrial revenue
   bonds

529,046

27.4   

553,195

31.2   

526,776

35.6   

494,158

38.7   

452,938

40.2   
  Residential Construction:
    One- to four-family 347,287 18.0    246,912 13.9    160,161 10.8    92,126 7.2    68,416 6.1   
    Other residential 69,077 3.6    72,262 4.1    40,587 2.7    29,211 2.3    29,107 2.6   
  Commercial construction 443,286
22.9   
382,651
21.6   
230,103
15.5   
180,211
14.1   
115,148
10.2   
 
    Total real estate loans 1,638,692
84.8   
1,534,000
86.5   
1,246,579
84.2   
1,061,786
83.1   
922,613
81.9   
 
Other Loans:
  Consumer loans:
    Guaranteed student loans 3,592 .2    3,345 .2    2,976 .2    3,090 .3    3,407 .3   
    Automobile, boat, etc. 96,242 5.0    84,092 4.7    80,517 5.4    78,828 6.2    74,160 6.6   
    Home equity and improvement 42,824 2.2    48,992 2.8    45,703 3.1    40,028 3.1    33,896 3.0   
    Other 2,152
.1   
1,371
.1   
1,318
.1   
1,482
.1   
980
.1   
 
      Total Consumer loans 144,810 7.5    137,800 7.8    130,514 8.8    123,428 9.7    112,443 10.0   
  Other commercial loans 149,593
7.7   
102,034
5.7   
103,635
7.0   
92,039
7.2   
91,123
8.1   
 
      Total other loans 294,403
15.2   
239,834
13.5   
234,149
15.8   
215,467
16.9   
203,566
18.1   
 
         Total loans 1,933,095 100.0% 1,773,834 100.0% 1,480,728 100.0% 1,277,253 100.0% 1,126,179 100.0%
 
Less:
  Loans in process 229,794 233,213 121,677 109,004 55,468
  Deferred fees and discounts 2,425 1,902 1,054 834 779
  Allowance for loan losses 26,258
24,549
23,489
20,844
21,288
 
Total loans receivable, net $1,674,618 $1,514,170 $1,334,508 $1,146,571 $1,048,644

Next Page
6
 

             The following table shows the fixed- and adjustable-rate composition of the Bank's loan portfolio at the dates indicated. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

December 31,
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Fixed-Rate Loans:
  Real Estate Loans
    Residential
      One- to four- family $ 33,378 1.7% $ 22,269 1.3% $ 25,266 1.7% $ 26,136 2.1% $ 19,142 1.7%
      Other Residential 31,575 1.6    38,473 2.2    65,646 4.4    51,961 4.1    48,661 4.3   
    Commercial 117,701 6.1    130,316 7.3    110,414 7.5    125,949 9.9    112,199 10.0   
    Residential construction:
      One- to four- family 9,740 .5    18,224 1.0    83,306 5.6    59,070 4.6    35,843 3.2   
      Other Residential 10,946 .6    16,166 .9    11,880 .8    8,165 .6    7,291 .6   
    Commercial construction 8,495
.4   
13,980
.8   
24,391
1.7   
22,007
1.7   
10,843
1.0   
 
      Total real estate loans 211,835 10.9    239,428 13.5    320,903 21.7    293,288 23.0    233,979 20.8   
    Consumer loans 104,789 5.4    91,639 5.2    87,868 5.9    85,710 6.7    80,544 7.2   
    Other commercial loans 26,173
1.4   
20,374
1.1   
36,660
2.5   
29,242
2.3   
14,977
1.3   
 
      Total fixed-rate loans 342,797
17.7   
351,441
19.8   
445,431
30.1   
408,240
32.0   
329,500
29.3   
Adjustable-Rate Loans:
  Real Estate Loans
    Residential
      One- to four- family 143,252 7.4    150,866 8.5    145,931 9.9    132,854 10.4    153,000 13.6   
      Other Residential 41,791 2.2    67,372 3.8    52,109 3.5    55,129 4.3    36,201 3.2   
    Commercial 411,346 21.3    422,879 23.8    416,362 28.1    368,210 28.8    340,739 30.2   
    Residential construction:
      One- to four-family 337,547 17.4    228,688 12.9    76,855 5.2    33,056 2.6    32,573 2.9   
      Other residential 58,131 3.0    56,096 3.2    28,707 1.9    21,046 1.6    21,816 1.9   
    Commercial construction 434,791
22.5   
368,671
20.8   
205,712
13.9   
  158,204
12.4   
104,305
9.3   
 
      Total real estate loans 1,426,858 73.8    1,294,572 73.0    925,676 62.5    768,499 60.1    688,634 61.1   
    Consumer loans 40,020 2.1    46,161 2.6    42,646 2.9    37,718 3.0    31,899 2.8   
    Other commercial loans 123,420
6.4   
81,660
4.6   
66,975
4.5   
62,796
4.9   
76,146
6.8   
 
      Total adjustable-rate loans 1,590,298
82.3   
1,422,393
80.2   
1,035,297
69.9   
869,013
68.0   
796,679
70.7   
 
        Total loans 1,933,095 100.0% 1,773,834 100.0% 1,480,728 100.0% 1,277,253 100.0% 1,126,179 100.0%
Less:
    Loans in process 229,794 233,213 121,677 109,004 55,468
    Deferred fees and discounts 2,425 1,902 1,054 834 779
    Allowance for loan losses 26,258
24,549
23,489
20,844
21,288
 
  Total loans receivable, net $1,674,618 $1,514,170 $1,334,508 $1,146,571 $1,048,644

Next Page
7
 

             The following table presents the contractual maturities of loans at December 31, 2006. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Less Than
One Year
One to Five
Years
After Five
Years
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Real Estate Loans:
    Residential
      One- to four- family $   18,379 $   25,382 $ 132,869 $  176,630
      Other residential 27,350 23,464 22,552 73,366
    Commercial 191,352 242,261 95,433 529,046
    Residential construction:
      One- to four- family 268,024 79,263 --- 347,287
      Other residential 41,968 16,624 10,485 69,077
    Commercial construction 329,289
101,873
12,124
443,286
        Total real estate loans 876,362
488,867
273,463
1,638,692
Other Loans:
    Consumer loans:
      Guaranteed student loans 3,592 --- --- 3,592
      Automobile 14,062 42,005 40,175 96,242
      Home equity and improvement 2,346 11,261 29,217 42,824
      Other 2,152
---
---
2,152
        Total consumer loans 22,152
53,266
69,392
144,810
Other commercial loans 74,030
51,649
23,914
149,593
        Total other loans 96,182
104,915
93,306
294,403
             Total loans $ 972,544 $ 593,782 $ 366,769 $1,933,095

             As of December 31, 2006, loans due after December 31, 2007 with fixed interest rates totaled $263.9 million and loans due after December 31, 2007 with adjustable rates totaled $696.6 million.

             Environmental Issues

             Loans secured by real property, whether commercial, residential or other, may have a material, negative effect on the financial position and results of operations of the lender if the collateral is environmentally contaminated. The result can be, but is not necessarily limited to, liability for the cost of cleaning up the contamination imposed on the lender by certain federal and state laws, a reduction in the borrower's ability to pay because of the liability imposed upon it for any clean up costs, a reduction in the value of the collateral because of the presence of contamination or a subordination of security interests in the collateral to a super priority lien securing the clean up costs by certain state laws.

             Management of the Bank is aware of the risk that the Bank may be negatively affected by environmentally contaminated collateral and attempts to control such risk through commercially reasonable methods, consistent with guidelines arising from applicable government or regulatory rules and regulations, and to a more limited extent publications of the lending industry. Management currently is unaware (without, in many circumstances, specific inquiry or investigation of existing collateral, some of which was accepted as collateral before risk controlling measures were implemented) of any environmental contamination of real property securing loans in the Bank's portfolio that would subject the Bank to any material risk. No assurance can be made, however, that the Bank will not be adversely affected by environmental contamination.

Next Page
8
 

             Residential Real Estate Lending

             At December 31, 2006 and 2005, loans secured by residential real estate, excluding that which is under construction, totaled $250 million and $279 million, respectively, and represented approximately 12.9% and 15.7%, respectively, of the Bank's total loan portfolio. Compared to historical levels, market rates for fixed rate mortgages were low during the years ended December 31, 2002 through 2004. This caused a higher than normal level of refinancing of adjustable-rate loans into fixed-rate loans primarily during 2002 and 2003, most of which were sold in the secondary market, and accounted for the decline in the Bank's one- to four-family residential real estate loan portfolio prior to 2004. As rates began to move up in 2004 through 2006, fewer loans were refinanced and paid off early. In addition, more borrowers opted for adjustable-rate loans which the Bank generally retains in its portfolio. Other residential real estate loan balances have decreased over the past two years, primarily as a result of loans secured by apartments and other multi-family units being refinanced elsewhere.

             The Bank currently is originating one- to four-family adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans primarily with one-year adjustment periods. Rate adjustments on loans originated prior to July 2001 are based upon changes in prevailing rates for one-year U.S. Treasury securities. Rate adjustments on loans originated since July 2001 are based upon changes in the average of interbank offered rates for twelve months U.S. Dollar-denominated deposits in the London Market or changes in prevailing rates for one-year U.S. Treasury securities. Rate adjustments are generally limited to 2% maximum annual adjustments as well as a maximum aggregate adjustment over the life of the loan. Accordingly, the interest rates on these loans typically may not be as rate sensitive as is the Bank's cost of funds. Generally, the Bank's adjustable-rate mortgage loans are not convertible into fixed-rate loans, do not permit negative amortization of principal and carry no prepayment penalty. The Bank also currently is originating other residential (multi-family) mortgage loans with interest rates that are generally either adjustable with changes to the prime rate of interest or fixed for short periods of time (three to five years).

             The Bank's portfolio of adjustable-rate mortgage loans also includes a number of loans with different adjustment periods, without limitations on periodic rate increases and rate increases over the life of the loans, or which are tied to other short-term market indices. These loans were originated prior to the industry standardization of adjustable-rate loans. Since the adjustable-rate mortgage loans currently held in the Bank's portfolio have not been subject to an interest rate environment which causes them to adjust to the maximum, these loans entail unquantifiable risks resulting from potential increased payment obligations on the borrower as a result of upward repricing. Further, the adjustable-rate mortgages offered by Great Southern, as well as by many other financial institutions, sometimes provide for initial rates of interest below the rates which would prevail were the index used for pricing applied initially. Compared to fixed-rate mortgage loans, these loans are subject to increased risk of delinquency or default as the higher, fully-indexed rate of interest subsequently comes into effect in replacement of the lower initial rate. The Bank has not experienced a significant increase in delinquencies in adjustable-rate mortgage loans due to a relatively low interest rate environment in recent years.

             In underwriting one- to four-family residential real estate loans, Great Southern evaluates the borrower's ability to make monthly payments and the value of the property securing the loan. It is the policy of Great Southern that generally all loans in excess of 80% of the appraised value of the property be insured by a private mortgage insurance company approved by Great Southern for the amount of the loan in excess of 80% of the appraised value. In addition, Great Southern requires borrowers to obtain title and fire and casualty insurance in an amount not less than the amount of the loan. Real estate loans originated by the Bank generally contain a "due on sale" clause allowing the Bank to declare the unpaid principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the property securing the loan. The Bank may enforce these due on sale clauses to the extent permitted by law.

Next Page
9
 

             Commercial Real Estate and Construction Lending

             Commercial real estate lending has been a significant part of Great Southern's business activities since the mid-1980's. Great Southern does commercial real estate lending in order to increase the yield on, and the proportion of interest rate sensitive loans in, its portfolio. Great Southern expects to maintain or increase the current percentage of commercial real estate and commercial construction loans in its total loan portfolio subject to commercial real estate and other market conditions and to applicable regulatory restrictions. See "Government Supervision and Regulation" below.

             At December 31, 2006 and 2005, loans secured by commercial real estate (excluding that which is under construction) totaled $529 million and $553 million, respectively, or approximately 27.4% and 31.2%, respectively, of the Bank's total loan portfolio. In addition, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, construction loans secured by projects under construction and the land on which the projects are located aggregated $860 million and $702 million, respectively, or 44.5% and 39.6%, respectively, of the Bank's total loan portfolio. The majority of the Bank's commercial real estate loans have been originated with adjustable rates of interest, most of which are tied to the Bank's prime rate. Substantially all of these loans were originated with loan commitments which did not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the properties securing the loans.

             The Bank's construction loans generally have a term of one year or less. The construction loan agreements for one- to four-family projects generally provide that principal reductions are required as individual condominium units or single-family houses are built and sold to a third party. This insures that the remaining loan balance, as a proportion to the value of the remaining security, does not increase. Loan proceeds are disbursed in increments as construction progresses. Generally, the amount of each disbursement is based on the construction cost estimate of an independent architect, engineer or qualified fee inspector who inspects the project in connection with each disbursement request. Normally, Great Southern's commercial real estate and other residential construction loans are made either as the initial stage of a combination loan (i.e., with a commitment from the Bank to provide permanent financing upon completion of the project) or with a commitment from a third party to provide permanent financing.

             The Bank's commercial real estate, construction and other residential loan portfolios consist of loans with diverse collateral types. The following table sets forth loans that were secured by certain types of collateral at December 31, 2006. These collateral types represent the five highest percentage concentrations of commercial real estate, construction and other residential loan types to the total loan portfolio.

Collateral Type
Loan Balance
Percentage of
Total Loan
Portfolio
Non-Performing
Loans at
December 31, 2006
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Subdivisions $159,865 8.3% $1,707
Apartments $131,995 6.8% $   150
Health Care Facilities $130,016 6.7% $1,804
Motels/Hotels $125,739 6.5% $3,498
Condominiums $100,948 5.2% $     ---

Next Page
10
 

             The Bank's commercial real estate and construction loans generally involve larger principal balances than do its residential loans. In general, state banking laws restrict loans to a single borrower and related entities to no more than 25% of a bank's unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, plus an additional 10% if the loan is collateralized by certain readily marketable collateral. (Real estate is not included in the definition of "readily marketable collateral.") As computed on the basis of the Bank's unimpaired capital and surplus at December 31, 2006, this limit was approximately $54.9 million. See "Government Supervision and Regulation." At December 31, 2006, the Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limit. At December 31, 2006, the Bank's largest relationship totaled $42.0 million. All loans included in this relationship were current at December 31, 2006.

             Commercial real estate and construction lending generally affords the Bank an opportunity to receive interest at rates higher than those obtainable from residential lending and to receive higher origination and other loan fees. In addition, commercial real estate and construction loans are generally made with adjustable rates of interest or, if made on a fixed-rate basis, for relatively short terms. Nevertheless, commercial real estate lending entails significant additional risks as compared with residential mortgage lending. Commercial real estate loans typically involve large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment experience on loans secured by commercial properties is typically dependent on the successful operation of the related real estate project and thus may be subject, to a greater extent, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or in the economy generally.

             Construction loans also involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of the project under construction, which is of uncertain value prior to the completion of construction. Moreover, because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, delays arising from labor problems, material shortages, and other unpredictable contingencies, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total loan funds required to complete a project, and the related loan-to-value ratios. See also the discussion under the headings "- Classified Assets" and "- Loan Delinquencies and Defaults" below.

             Other Commercial Lending

             At December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, Great Southern had $150 million and $102 million in other commercial loans outstanding, or 7.7% and 5.7%, respectively, of the Bank's total loan portfolio. Great Southern's other commercial lending activities encompass loans with a variety of purposes and security, including loans to finance accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.

             Great Southern expects to continue to originate loans in this category subject to market conditions and applicable regulatory restrictions. See "Government Supervision and Regulation" below.

             Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from his or her employment and other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, other commercial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower's business. Commercial loans are generally secured by business assets, such as accounts receivable, equipment and inventory. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of other commercial loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself. Further, the collateral securing the loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business.

Next Page
11
 

             The Bank's management recognizes the generally increased risks associated with other commercial lending. Great Southern's commercial lending policy emphasizes complete credit file documentation and analysis of the borrower's character, capacity to repay the loan, the adequacy of the borrower's capital and collateral as well as an evaluation of the industry conditions affecting the borrower. Review of the borrower's past, present and future cash flows is also an important aspect of Great Southern's credit analysis. In addition, the Bank generally obtains personal guarantees from the borrowers on these types of loans. The majority of Great Southern's commercial loans have been to borrowers in southwestern and central Missouri. Great Southern intends to continue its commercial lending in this geographic area.

             As part of its commercial lending activities, Great Southern issues letters of credit and receives fees averaging approximately 1% of the amount of the letter of credit per year. At December 31, 2006, Great Southern had 145 letters of credit outstanding in the aggregate amount of $25.3 million. Approximately 76% of the aggregate amount of these letters of credit were secured, including one $5.4 million letter of credit secured by real estate which was issued to enhance the issuance of housing revenue refunding bonds.

             Consumer Lending

             Great Southern management views consumer lending as an important component of its business strategy. Specifically, consumer loans generally have short terms to maturity, thus reducing Great Southern's exposure to changes in interest rates, and carry higher rates of interest than do residential mortgage loans. In addition, Great Southern believes that the offering of consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to its existing customer base.

             Great Southern offers a variety of secured consumer loans, including automobile loans, home equity loans and loans secured by savings deposits. In addition, Great Southern also offers home improvement loans, guaranteed student loans and unsecured consumer loans. Consumer loans totaled $145 million and $138 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, or 7.5% and 7.8%, respectively, of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

             The underwriting standards employed by the Bank for consumer loans include a determination of the applicant's payment history on other debts and an assessment of ability to meet existing obligations and payments on the proposed loan. Although creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration, the underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security, if any, in relation to the proposed loan amount.

             Beginning in 1998, the Bank implemented indirect lending relationships, primarily with automobile dealerships. Through these dealer relationships, the dealer completes the application with the consumer and then submits it to the Bank for credit approval. At December 31, 2006, the Bank had $87.0 million of indirect auto, boat, modular home and recreational vehicle loans in its portfolio. While the Bank's initial concentrated effort was on automobiles, the program has evolved for use with other tangible products where financing of the product is provided through the seller.

             Student loans are underwritten in compliance with the regulations of the U.S. Department of Education for the Federal Family Education Loan Programs ("FFELP"). The FFELP loans are administered and guaranteed by the Missouri Coordinating Board for Higher Education as long as the Bank complies with the regulations. The Bank has contracted with the Missouri Higher Education Loan Authority (the "MOHELA") to originate and service these loans and to purchase these loans during the grace period immediately prior to the loans beginning their repayment period. This repayment period generally commences at the time the student graduates or does not maintain the required hours of enrollment.

Next Page
12
 

             Consumer loans may entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance as a result of the greater likelihood of damage, loss or depreciation. The remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower's continuing financial strength, and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state consumer bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount which can be recovered on these loans. These loans may also give rise to claims and defenses by a consumer loan borrower against an assignee of these loans such as the Bank, and a borrower may be able to assert against the assignee claims and defenses which it has against the seller of the underlying collateral.

Originations, Purchases, Sales and Servicing of Loans

             The Bank originates loans through internal loan production personnel located in the Bank's main and branch offices, as well as loan production offices. Walk-in customers and referrals from real estate brokers and builders are also important sources of loan originations.

             Great Southern may also purchase whole loans and participation interests in loans (generally without recourse, except in cases of breach of representation, warranty or covenant) from other banks, thrift institutions and life insurance companies (originators). The purchase transaction is governed by a participation agreement entered into by the originator and participant (Great Southern) containing guidelines as to ownership, control and servicing rights, among others. The originator may retain all rights with respect to enforcement, collection and administration of the loan. This may limit Great Southern's ability to control its credit risk when it purchases participations in these loans. For instance, the terms of participation agreements vary; however, generally Great Southern may not have direct access to the borrower, and the institution administering the loan may have some discretion in the administration of performing loans and the collection of non-performing loans.

             A number of banks, both locally and regionally, do not have the capital to handle large commercial credits or are seeking diversification of risk in their portfolios. In order to take advantage of this situation, beginning in 1998, Great Southern increased the number and amount of participations purchased in commercial real estate and commercial construction loans. Great Southern subjects these loans to its normal underwriting standards used for originated loans and rejects any credits that do not meet those guidelines. The originating bank retains the servicing of these loans. The Bank purchased $44.2 million of these loans in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and $73.1 million in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. Of the total $68.4 million of purchased participation loans outstanding at December 31, 2006, $19.1 million was purchased from one institution, secured by properties located in Arkansas. None of these loans were non-performing at December 31, 2006.

             There have been no whole loan purchases by the Bank in the last five years. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, approximately $223,000, or 0.01%, and $287,000, or 0.02%, respectively, of the Bank's total loan portfolio consisted of purchased whole loans.

             Great Southern sells non-residential loan participations generally without recourse to private investors, such as other banks, thrift institutions and life insurance companies (participants). The sales transaction is governed by a participation agreement entered into by the originator (Great Southern) and participant containing guidelines as to ownership, control and servicing rights, among others. Great Southern retains servicing rights for these participations sold. These participations are sold with a provision for repurchase upon breach of representation, warranty or covenant.

Next Page
13
 

             Great Southern also sells whole residential real estate loans without recourse to Freddie Mac as well as private investors, such as other banks, thrift institutions, mortgage companies and life insurance companies Whole real estate loans are sold with a provision for repurchase upon breach of representation, warranty or covenant. These loans are generally sold for cash in amounts equal to the unpaid principal amount of the loans determined using present value yields to the buyer. The sale amounts generally produce gains to the Bank and allow a margin for servicing income on loans when the servicing is retained by the Bank. However, residential real estate loans sold in recent years have primarily been with Great Southern releasing control of the servicing of the loans.

             The Bank sold one- to four-family whole real estate loans and loan participations in aggregate amounts of $71.1 million, $49.2 million and $60.4 million during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Sales of whole real estate loans and participations in real estate loans can be beneficial to the Bank since these sales generally generate income at the time of sale, produce future servicing income on loans where servicing is retained, provide funds for additional lending and other investments, and increase liquidity.

             Great Southern also sells guaranteed student loans to the MOHELA. These loans are sold for cash in amounts equal to the unpaid principal amount of the loans and a premium based on average borrower indebtedness. Great Southern does not underwrite these loans. Students work with their respective colleges' or universities' financial aid offices to secure these loans directly from MOHELA, with all underwriting performed by MOHELA and the financial aid offices. Periodically, MOHELA sells loans to financial institutions such as Great Southern for a short time. Great Southern then holds the loans for a short period and sells the loans back to MOHELA. This is all done without recourse unless the Bank engaged in some action that would constitute gross misconduct.

             The Bank sold guaranteed student loans in aggregate amounts of $2.3 million, $3.9 million and $8.0 million during fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Sales of guaranteed student loans generally can be beneficial to the Bank since these sales remove the burdensome servicing requirements of these types of loans once the borrower begins repayment.

             Gains, losses and transfer fees on sales of loans and loan participations are recognized at the time of the sale. When real estate loans and loan participations sold have an average contractual interest rate that differs from the agreed upon yield to the purchaser (less the agreed upon servicing fee), resulting gains or losses are recognized in an amount equal to the present value of the differential over the estimated remaining life of the loans. Any resulting discount or premium is accreted or amortized over the same estimated life using a method approximating the level yield interest method. When real estate loans and loan participations are sold with servicing released, as the Bank primarily does, an additional fee is received for the servicing rights. Net gains and transfer fees on sales of loans for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $944,000, $983,000 and $992,000, respectively. Of these amounts, $40,000, $72,000 and $140,000, respectively, were gains from the sale of guaranteed student loans and $904,000, $911,000 and $852,000, respectively, were gains from the sale of fixed-rate residential loans.

             Although most loans currently sold by the Bank are sold with servicing released, the Bank had the servicing rights for approximately $70.7 million and $43.9 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, of loans owned by others. The servicing of these loans generated net servicing fees to the Bank for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, of $44,000 and $64,000, respectively.

Next Page
14
 

             In addition to interest earned on loans and loan origination fees, the Bank receives fees for loan commitments, letters of credit, prepayments, modifications, late payments, transfers of loans due to changes of property ownership and other miscellaneous services. The fees vary from time to time, generally depending on the supply of funds and other competitive conditions in the market. Fees from prepayments, commitments, letters of credit and late payments totaled $1.8 million, $1.7 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Loan origination fees, net of related costs, are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 91 "Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases." Loan fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred, and the net fee or cost is recognized in interest income using the level-yield method over the contractual life of the loan. For further discussion of this matter, see Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Loan Delinquencies and Defaults

             When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the Bank attempts to cause the delinquency to be cured by contacting the borrower. In the case of loans secured by residential real estate, a late notice is sent 15 days after the due date. If the delinquency is not cured by the 30th day, a delinquent notice is sent to the borrower. Additional written contacts are made with the borrower 45 and 60 days after the due date. If the delinquency continues for a period of 65 days, the Bank usually institutes appropriate action to foreclose on the collateral. The actual time it takes to foreclose on the collateral varies depending on the particular circumstances and the applicable governing law. If foreclosed, the property is sold at public auction and may be purchased by the Bank. Delinquent consumer loans are handled in a generally similar manner, except that initial contacts are made when the payment is five days past due and appropriate action may be taken to collect any loan payment that is delinquent for more than 15 days. The Bank's procedures for repossession and sale of consumer collateral are subject to various requirements under the applicable consumer protection laws as well as other applicable laws and the determination by the Bank that it would be beneficial from a cost basis.

             Delinquent commercial business loans and loans secured by commercial real estate are initially handled by the loan officer in charge of the loan, who is responsible for contacting the borrower. The President and Senior Lending Officer also work with the commercial loan officers to see that necessary steps are taken to collect delinquent loans. In addition, the Bank has a Problem Loan Committee which meets at least quarterly and reviews all classified assets, as well as other loans which management feels may present possible collection problems. If an acceptable workout of a delinquent commercial loan cannot be agreed upon, the Bank may initiate foreclosure proceedings on any collateral securing the loan. However, in all cases, whether a commercial or other loan, the prevailing circumstances may be such that management may determine it is in the best interest of the Bank not to foreclose on the collateral.

Next Page
15
 

             The following table sets forth our loans delinquent 30 - 89 days by type, number, amount and percentage of type at December 31, 2006.

Loans Delinquent for 30-89 Days
Number
Amount
Percent of
Total
Delinquent
Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
Real Estate:
    One- to four-family 20 $ 1,160 6%
    Other residential 2 1,539 8    
    Commercial 12 7,062 37    
    Construction or development 22 7,467 39    
Consumer and overdrafts 899 1,783 9    
Other commercial 8
243
1    
Total 963 $19,254 100%

Classified Assets

             Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets such as debt and equity securities considered to be of lesser quality as "substandard," "doubtful" or "loss" assets. The regulations require insured institutions to classify their own assets and to establish prudent specific allocations for losses from assets classified "substandard" or "doubtful." For the portion of assets classified as "loss," an institution is required to either establish specific allowances of 100% of the amount classified or charge such amount off its books. Assets that do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess a potential weakness, are required to be listed on the Bank's watchlist and monitored for further deterioration. In addition, a bank's regulators may require the establishment of a general allowance for losses based on the general quality of the asset portfolio of the bank. Following are the total classified assets per the Bank's internal asset classification list. There were no significant off- balance sheet items classified at December 31, 2006.

Asset Category
Substandard
Doubtful
Loss
Total
Classified
Allowance
for Losses
(Dollars in thousands)

Investment securities $     750 $--- $ --- $     750 $       ---
Loans 33,380 --- --- 33,380 26,258
Foreclosed assets 4,768
---
---
4,768
---
Total $38,898 $--- $ --- $38,898 $26,258

Non-Performing Assets

             The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of gross non-performing assets (classified loans which are not performing under regulatory guidelines and all foreclosed assets, including assets acquired in settlement of loans) in the Bank's loan portfolio as of the dates indicated. Loans generally are placed on non-accrual status when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent or when the collection of principal, interest, or both, otherwise becomes doubtful. For all years presented, the Bank has not had any troubled debt restructurings, which involve forgiving a portion of interest or principal on any loans or making loans at a rate materially less than that of market rates.

Next Page
16
 

December 31,
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accruing loans:
One- to four-family residential $ 1,627 $ 1,500 $ 1,382 $ 1,935 $ 1,999
One- to four-family construction 3,931 2,103 --- --- ---
Other residential --- --- --- --- ---
Commercial real estate 6,247 8,368 2,016 2,658 1,619
Other commercial 4,843 2,123 302 1,949 1,353
Commercial construction 2,968 1,049 388 289 8,353
Consumer 186
237
271
213
173
Total gross non-accruing loans 19,802
15,380
4,359
7,044
13,497
Loans over 90 days delinquent
  still accruing interest:
  One- to four-family residential --- 640 --- 10 ---
  Commercial real estate 59 --- --- --- 640
  Other commercial --- --- --- --- ---
  Commercial construction 121 --- --- --- ---
  Consumer 261
190
120
337
384
  Total loans over 90 days delinquent
  still accruing interest

441

830

120

347

1,024
Other impaired loans ---
---
---
---
---
  Total gross non-performing loans 20,243
16,210
4,479
7,391
14,521
Foreclosed assets:
  One- to four-family residential 80 --- 195 608 565
  One- to four-family construction 400 2 431 543 160
  Other residential 3,190 --- --- --- ---
  Commercial real estate 825 76 564 939 1,844
  Commercial construction 2
---
242
6,277
495
Total foreclosed assets 4,497
78
1,432
8,367
3,064
Repossessions 271
517
603
667
1,264
Total gross non-performing assets $25,011 $ 16,805 $ 6,514 $16,425 $18,849
Total gross non-performing assets as a
 percentage of average total assets

   1.15%

0.85%

0.38%

1.14%

1.40%

             Gross impaired loans totaled $20.2 million at December 31, 2006 and $16.2 million at December 31, 2005. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due.

Next Page
17
 

             For the year ended December 31, 2006, gross interest income which would have been recorded had the non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $2.0 million. The amount that was included in interest income on these loans was $722,000 for the year ended December 31, 2006.

             The level of non-performing assets is primarily attributable to the Bank's commercial real estate, commercial and residential construction, commercial business and one- to four-family residential lending activities. Commercial activities generally involve significantly greater credit risks than single-family residential lending. For a discussion of significant non-performing assets, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Allowances for Losses on Loans and Foreclosed Assets

             Great Southern maintains an allowance for loan losses to absorb losses known and inherent in the loan portfolio based upon ongoing, monthly assessments of the loan portfolio. Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key elements, which include a formula allowance, specific allowances for identified problem loans and portfolio segments and economic conditions that may lead to a concern about the loan portfolio or segments of the loan portfolio.

             The formula allowance is calculated by applying loss factors to outstanding loans based on the internal risk evaluation of such loans or pools of loans. Changes in risk evaluations of both performing and non-performing loans affect the amount of the formula allowance. Loss factors are based both on our historical loss experience and on significant factors that, in management's judgment, affect the collectibility of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Loan loss factors for portfolio segments are representative of the credit risks associated with loans in those segments. The greater the credit risks associated with a particular segment, the greater the loss factor.

             The appropriateness of the allowance is reviewed by management based upon its evaluation of then-existing economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas. Other conditions that management considers in determining the appropriateness of the allowance include, but are not limited to, changes to our underwriting standards (if any), credit quality trends (including changes in non-performing loans expected to result from existing conditions), trends in collateral values, loan volumes and concentrations, and recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio that existed as of the balance sheet date and the impact that such conditions were believed to have had on the collectibility of those loans.

             Senior management reviews theses conditions monthly in discussions with our senior credit officers. To the extent that any of these conditions are evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem loan or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management's estimate of the effect of such condition may be reflected as a specific allowance applicable to such loan or portfolio segment. Where any of these conditions are not evidenced by a specifically identifiable problem loan or portfolio segment as of the evaluation date, management's evaluation of the loss related to these conditions is reflected in the unallocated allowance associated with our portfolios of mortgage, consumer, commercial and construction loans. The evaluation of the inherent loss with respect to these conditions is subject to a higher degree of uncertainty because they are not identified with specific problem loans or portfolio segments.

             The amounts actually observed in respect to these losses can vary significantly from the estimated amounts. Our methodology permits adjustments to any loss factor used in the computation of the formula allowances in the event that, in management's judgment, significant factors which affect the collectibility of the portfolio, as of the evaluation date, are not reflected in the current loss factors. By assessing the estimated losses inherent in our loan portfolio on a monthly basis, we can adjust specific and inherent loss estimates based upon more current information.

Next Page
18
 

             On a quarterly basis, senior management presents a formal assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses to Great Southern's board of directors for the board's approval of the allowance. Assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires making material estimates including the amount and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans or changes in the market value of collateral securing loans that may be susceptible to significant change. In the opinion of management, the allowance when taken as a whole is adequate to absorb reasonable estimated loan losses inherent in Great Southern's loan portfolio.

             Allowances for estimated losses on foreclosed assets (real estate and other assets acquired through foreclosure) are charged to expense, when in the opinion of management, any significant and permanent decline in the market value of the underlying asset reduces the market value to less than the carrying value of the asset. Senior management assesses the market value of each foreclosed asset individually.

             The Bank has maintained a strong lending presence in the Branson area during recent years, primarily due to the substantial growth in the area. While management believes the loans it has funded have been originated pursuant to sound underwriting standards, and individually have no unusual credit risk, the heavy reliance on tourism in Branson causes some concern as to the credit risk associated with the Branson area as a whole. Due to this concern and the overall growth of the loan portfolio, and due more specifically to the growth of the commercial business, consumer and commercial real estate loan portfolios, and the related inherent risks, management provided increased levels of loan loss allowances over the past few years.

             At December 31, 2006 and 2005, Great Southern had an allowance for losses on loans of $26.3 million and $24.5 million, respectively, of which $6.4 million and $5.7 million, respectively, had been allocated as an allowance for specific loans, including $3.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively, allocated for impaired loans. The allowance is discussed further in Note 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Next Page
19
 

             The allocation of the allowance for losses on loans at the dates indicated is summarized as follows. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

December 31,
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
Amount
% of
Loans to
Total
Loans
Amount
% of
Loans to
Total
Loans
Amount
% of
Loans to
Total
Loans
Amount
% of
Loans to
Total
Loans
Amount
% of
Loans to
Total
Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
One- to four-family residential and
  construction
$ 2,029 27.1% $ 1,679 23.7% $ 2,019 23.1% $ 1,485 20.5% $ 1,449 22.4%
Other residential and construction 1,436 7.4    2,084 10.0    1,030 11.0    2,092 11.1    168 10.6   
Commercial real estate 9,363 27.4    9,331 31.2    8,984 33.5    8,986 36.1    15,472 37.4   
Commercial construction 9,189 22.9    7,563 21.6    8,843 16.1    4,875 14.7    953 10.7   
Other commercial 2,150 7.7    2,081 5.7    894 7.2    1,625 7.5    740 8.4   
Consumer and overdrafts 2,091
7.5   
1,811
7.8   
1,719
9.1   
1,781
10.1   
2,506
10.5   
Total $26,258 100.0% $24,549 100.0% $23,489 100.0% $20,844 100.0% $21,288 100.0%

Next Page
20
 

             The following table sets forth an analysis of activity in the Bank's allowance for losses on loans showing the details of the activity by types of loans. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

December 31,
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance at beginning of period $24,549
$23,489
$20,844
$21,288
$21,328
Charge-offs:
  One- to four-family residential 189 215 241 369 211
  Other residential 96 --- --- --- ---
  Commercial real estate 310 163 70 1,016 572
  Construction 1,618 570 36 1,016 3,426
  Consumer, overdrafts and other loans 3,704 3,345 3,510 3,646 2,770
  Other commercial 324
963
1,123
1,497
735
  Total charge-offs 6,241
5,256
4,980
7,544
7,714
Recoveries:
  One- to four-family residential 59 16 265 22 19
  Other residential 1 --- 3 --- ---
  Commercial real estate 27 48 92 50 67
  Construction 41 7 6 20 25
  Consumer, overdrafts and other loans 2,290 2,109 2,138 2,089 1,561
  Other commercial 82
111
321
119
202
  Total recoveries 2,500
2,291
2,825
2,300
1,874
Net charge-offs 3,741 2,965 2,155 5,244 5,840
Provision for losses on loans 5,450
4,025
4,800
4,800
5,800
Balance at end of period $26,258 $24,549 $23,489 $20,844 $21,288
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans
  outstanding

0.23%

0.20%

0.17%

0.47%

0.56%

Investment Activities

             Excluding those issued by the United States Government, or its agencies, there were no investment securities in excess of 10% of the Bank's retained earnings at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

             As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank held approximately $1.5 million and $1.5 million, respectively, in principal amount of investment securities which the Bank intends to hold until maturity. As of such dates, these securities had fair values of approximately $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company held approximately $344.2 million and $369.3 million, respectively, in principal amount of investment securities which the Company classified as available-for-sale. See Notes 1 and 2 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

             The amortized cost and approximate fair values of, and gross unrealized gains and losses on, investment securities at the dates indicated are summarized as follows. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Next Page
21
 

December 31, 2006
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Approximate
Fair
Value
(Dollars in thousands)
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
U.S. government agencies $ 59,494 $   --- $   798 $  58,696
Collateralized mortgage obligations 30,536 1 453 30,084
Mortgage-backed securities 191,282 221 3,027 188,476
Corporate bonds 3,355 101 --- 3,456
States and political subdivisions 51,128 870 31 51,967
Equity securities 11,196
317
---
11,513
Total available-for-sale securities $346,991 $1,510 $4,309 $344,192
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
States and political subdivisions $    1,470
$     99
$     ---
$    1,569
Total held-to-maturity securities $    1,470 $     99 $     --- $    1,569

December 31, 2005
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Approximate
Fair
Value
(Dollars in thousands)
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
U.S. government agencies $  37,913 $   --- $1,381 $  36,532
Collateralized mortgage obligations 32,671 --- 628 32,043
Mortgage-backed securities 240,534 122 4,628 236,028
Corporate bonds 5,861 160 --- 6,021
States and political subdivisions 45,215 507 107 45,615
Equity securities 13,334
5
262
13,077
Total available-for-sale securities $375,528 $ 794 $7,006 $369,316
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
States and political subdivisions $    1,510
$   93
$     ---
$    1,603
Total held-to-maturity securities $    1,510 $   93 $     --- $    1,603

Next Page
22
 

December 31, 2004
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Approximate
Fair
Value
(Dollars in thousands)
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE SECURITIES:
U.S. government agencies $  23,638 $    --- $   808 $  22,830
Collateralized mortgage obligations 36,970 89 305 36,754
Mortgage-backed securities 242,394 1,273 1,239 242,428
Corporate bonds 7,610 511 --- 8,121
States and political subdivisions 33,866 379 286 33,959
Equity securities 11,989
59
1,036
11,012
Total available-for-sale securities $356,467 $2,311 $3,674 $355,104
HELD-TO-MATURITY SECURITIES:
States and political subdivisions $    1,545
$     87
$     ---
$    1,632
Total held-to-maturity securities $    1,545 $     87 $     --- $    1,632

             The following tables present the contractual maturities and weighted average tax-equivalent yields of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2006. The tables are based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Cost
Tax-Equivalent
Amortized
Yield
Approximate
Fair Value
(Dollars in thousands)

One year or less   $ 25,241 5.20% $  25,241
After one through five years 9,665 4.30% 9,439
After five through ten years 13,199 5.29% 13,066
After ten years 65,872 6.36% 66,373
Securities not due on a single maturity date 221,818 4.56% 218,560
Equity securities 11,196
5.52% 11,513
Total $346,991 5.00% $344,192

Next Page
23
 

One Year
or Less
After One
Through
Five
Years
After
Five
Through
Ten
Years
After Ten
Years
Securities
Not Due
on a
Single
Maturity
Date
Equity
Securities
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
 
U.S. government agencies $25,241 $9,295 $ 9,996 $14,962 $       --- $     --- $ 59,494
Collateralized mortgage obligations --- --- --- --- 30,536 --- 30,536
Mortgage-backed securities --- --- --- --- 191,282 --- 191,282
States and political subdivisions --- 370 3,203 47,555 --- --- 51,128
Corporate bonds --- --- --- 3,355 --- --- 3,355
Equity securities ---
---
---
---
---
11,196
11,196
     Total $25,241 $9,665 $13,199 $65,872 $221,818 $11,196 $346,991

             The following table presents the contractual maturities and weighted average tax-equivalent yields of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2006. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Cost
Tax-Equivalent
Amortized
Yield
Approximate
Fair Value
(Dollars in thousands)

States and political subdivisions:
     After one through five years $    --- ---% $    ---
     After five through ten years --- ---% ---
     After ten years 1,470
7.47% 1,569
     Total $1,470 7.47% $1,569

             The following table shows our investments' gross unrealized losses and fair values, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively:

2006
Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
Description of Securities
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
 
U.S. government agencies $        --- $      --- $ 23,455 $   798 $  23,455 $    798
Mortgage-backed securities --- --- 142,275 3,174 142,275 3,174
Collateralized mortgage
   obligations
17,772 48 16,480 258 34,252 306
State and political
   subdivisions

1,685

3

3,090

28

4,775

31
$ 19,457 $     51 $185,300 $4,258 $204,757 $4,309

Next Page
24
 

2005
Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
Description of Securities
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
 
U.S. government agencies $  13,886 $   385 $  22,646 $  996 $  36,532 $1,381
Mortgage-backed securities 110,202 1,850 92,965 2,778 203,167 4,628
Equity securities 2,761 193 10,308 69 13,069 262
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations
20,101 252 11,942 376 32,043 628
State and political
  subdivisions

10,874

71

2,775

36

13,649

107
$157,824 $2,751 $140,636 $4,255 $298,460 $7,006


2004
Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total
Description of Securities
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
 
U.S. government agencies $  14,455 $   238 $  8,375 $  570 $  22,830 $   808
Mortgage-backed securities 141,718 976 15,042 263 156,760 1,239
State and political
   subdivisions
15,957 258 1,726 28 17,683 286
Equity securities 7,503 132 2,571 904 10,074 1,036
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations

23,638

305

---

---

23,638

305
$203,271 $1,909 $27,714 $1,765 $230,985 $3,674

Sources of Funds

             General. Deposit accounts have traditionally been the principal source of the Bank's funds for use in lending and for other general business purposes. In addition to deposits, the Bank obtains funds through advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, Iowa ("FHLBank") and other borrowings, loan repayments, loan sales, and cash flows generated from operations. Scheduled loan payments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and the related costs of such funds have varied widely. Borrowings such as FHLBank advances may be used on a short-term basis to compensate for seasonal reductions in deposits or deposit inflows at less than projected levels and may be used on a longer-term basis to support expanded lending activities. The availability of funds from loan sales is influenced by general interest rates as well as the volume of originations.

             Deposits. The Bank attracts both short-term and long-term deposits from the general public by offering a wide variety of accounts and rates and also purchases brokered deposits. In recent years, the Bank has been required by market conditions to rely increasingly on short-term accounts and other deposit alternatives that are more responsive to market interest rates. The Bank offers regular savings accounts, checking accounts, various money market accounts, fixed-interest rate certificates with varying maturities, certificates of deposit in minimum amounts of $100,000 ("Jumbo" accounts), brokered certificates and individual retirement accounts.

Next Page
25
 

             The following table sets forth the dollar amount of deposits, by interest rate range, in the various types of deposit programs offered by the Bank at the dates indicated. Interest rates on time deposits reflect the rate paid to the certificate holder and do not reflect the effects of the Company's interest rate swaps. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

December 31,
2006
2005
2004
Amount
Percent of
Total
Amount
Percent of
Total
Amount
Percent of
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Time deposits:
  0.00% - 1.99% $            --- ---% $      3,605 .23% $    70,255 5.41%
  2.00% - 2.99% 1,457 0.09     47,156 3.04     223,763 17.25    
  3.00% - 3.99% 155,213 9.13     398,560 25.72     213,895 16.48    
  4.00% - 4.99% 358,428 21.08     395,830 25.54     148,211 11.42    
  5.00% - 5.99% 567,767 33.39     94,588 6.10     92,741 7.15    
  6.00% - 6.99% 21,694 1.28     20,621 1.33     35,878 2.77    
  7.00% and above 369
0.02    
365
0.02    
5,960
0.46    
Total Time deposits 1,104,928 64.99     960,725 61.98     790,703 60.94    
Non-interest-bearing demand deposits 205,191 12.07     192,247 12.40     161,450 12.44    
Interest-bearing demand and savings
  deposits (3.03%-2.55%-1.44%)

390,158

22.94    

397,064

25.62    

345,354

26.62    
1,700,277 100.00% 1,550,036 100.00% 1,297,507 100.00%
Interest rate swap fair value adjustment 3,527
217
1,216
         Total Deposits $1,703,804 $1,550,253 $1,298,723

             A table showing maturity information for the Bank's time deposits as of December 31, 2006, is presented in Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

             The variety of deposit accounts offered by the Bank has allowed it to be competitive in obtaining funds and has allowed it to respond with flexibility to changes in consumer demand. The Bank has become more susceptible to short-term fluctuations in deposit flows, as customers have become more interest rate conscious. The Bank manages the pricing of its deposits in keeping with its asset/liability management and profitability objectives. Based on its experience, management believes that its certificate accounts are relatively stable sources of deposits, while its checking accounts have proven to be more volatile. However, the ability of the Bank to attract and maintain deposits, and the rates paid on these deposits, has been and will continue to be significantly affected by money market conditions.

Next Page
26
 

             The following table sets forth the time remaining until maturity of the Bank's time deposits as of December 31, 2006. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Maturity
3
Months or
Less
Over 3
Months to
6 Months
Over
6 to 12
Months
Over
12
Months
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Time deposits:
Less than $100,000 $ 86,310 $ 71,337 $ 59,084 $ 34,836 $ 251,567
$100,000 or more 44,649 28,365 30,623 13,756 117,393
Brokered 235,914 7,040 87,282 377,974 708,210
Public funds(1)     13,352
     8,064
      6,015
         327
     27,758
      Total $380,225 $114,806 $183,004 $426,893 $1,104,928
______________
(1) Deposits from governmental and other public entities.

             Brokered deposits. Brokered deposits are marketed through national brokerage firms to their customers in $1,000 increments. The Bank maintains only one account for the total deposit amount while the records of detailed owners are maintained by the Depository Trust Company under the name of CEDE & Co. The deposits are transferable just like a stock or bond investment and the customer can open the account with only a phone call, just like buying a stock or bond. This provides a large deposit for the Bank at a lower operating cost since the Bank only has one account to maintain versus several accounts with multiple interest and maturity checks. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank had approximately $708.2 million and $584.4 million in brokered deposits, respectively.

             Unlike non-brokered deposits where the deposit amount can be withdrawn prior to maturity with a penalty for any reason, including increasing interest rates, a brokered deposit can only be withdrawn in the event of the death, or court declared mental incompetence, of the depositor. This allows the Bank to better manage the maturity of its deposits. Currently, the rates offered by the Bank for brokered deposits are comparable to that offered for retail certificates of deposit of similar size and maturity.

The Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its interest rate risks from recorded financial liabilities. During fiscal 2006 and 2005, the Company entered into interest rate swap agreements with the objective of economically hedging against the effects of changes in the fair value of its liabilities for fixed rate brokered certificates of deposit caused by changes in market interest rates. These interest rate swaps allow the Company to create funding of varying maturities at a variable rate that approximates three-month LIBOR.

             Borrowings. Great Southern's other sources of funds include advances from the FHLBank and a Qualified Loan Review ("QLR") arrangement with the FRB and other borrowings.

             As a member of the FHLBank, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLBank and is authorized to apply for advances from the FHLBank. Each FHLBank credit program has its own interest rate, which may be fixed or variable, and range of maturities. The FHLBank may prescribe the acceptable uses for these advances, as well as other risks on availability, limitations on the size of the advances and repayment provisions. At December 31, 2006, the Bank's FHLBank advances outstanding were $179.2 million.

Next Page
27
 

             The FRB has a QLR program where the Bank can borrow on a temporary basis using commercial loans pledged to the FRB. Under the QLR program, the Bank can borrow any amount up to a calculated collateral value of the commercial loans pledged, for virtually any reason that creates a temporary cash need. Examples of this could be: (1) the need to fund for late outgoing wires or cash letter settlements, (2) the need to disburse one or several loans but the permanent source of funds will not be available for a few days; (3) a temporary spike in interest rates on other funding sources that are being used; or (4) the need to purchase a security for collateral pledging purposes a few days prior to the funds becoming available on an existing security that is maturing. The Bank had commercial loans pledged to the FRB at December 31, 2006 that would have allowed approximately $139.6 million to be borrowed under the above arrangement. At December 31, 2006, the outstanding balance was zero.

             Great Southern Capital Trust I ("Trust I"), a Delaware statutory trust, issued 1,725,000 shares of unsecured 9.00% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities at $10 per share in an underwritten public offering. The gross proceeds of the offering were used to purchase 9.00% Junior Subordinated Debentures from the Company totaling $17,784,000. The Company's proceeds from the issuance of the Subordinated Debentures to Trust I, net of underwriting fees and offering expenses, were $16.3 million. The Subordinated Debentures were scheduled to mature in 2031; however, the Company elected to redeem the debentures (and as a result theTrust I Securities) in November 2006. As a result of the redemption of the Trust I securities, approximately $510,000 (after tax) of related unamortized issuance costs were written off as a noncash expense in 2006.

             The Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert the subordinated debentures, which are fixed rate debt, into variable rates of interest. The variable rate was three-month LIBOR plus 202 basis points, adjusting quarterly. The initial rate was 6.25% and the rate at December 31, 2005, was 6.04%. This interest rate swap was terminated in November 2006 at no cost to the Company.

             In November 2006, Great Southern Capital Trust II ("Trust II"), a statutory trust formed by the Company for the purpose of issuing the securities, issued $25,000,000 aggregate liquidation amount of floating rate cumulative trust preferred securities. The Trust II securities bear a floating distribution rate equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 1.60%. The Trust II securities are redeemable at the Company's option beginning in February 2012, and if not sooner redeemed, mature on February 1, 2037. The Trust II securities were sold in a private transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The gross proceeds of the offering were used to purchase Junior Subordinated Debentures from the Company totaling $25,774,000. The initial interest rate on the Trust II debentures and the rate at December 31, 2006, was 6.98%.

             The following table sets forth the maximum month-end balances, average daily balances and weighted average interest rates of FHLBank advances during the periods indicated. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Year Ended December 31,
2006
2005
2004
(Dollars in thousands)
FHLBank Advances:
   Maximum balance $263,984    $241,946    $282,905   
  Average balance 180,414    203,719    219,760   
  Weighted average interest rate 4.51% 3.86% 2.77%

Next Page
28
 

             The following table sets forth certain information as to the Company's FHLBank advances at the dates indicated. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

December 31,
2006
2005
2004
(Dollars in thousands)
 
FHLBank advances $179,170    $203,435    $231,486   
Weighted average interest
  rate of FHLBank advances

5.13%

4.16%

3.25%

             The following tables set forth the maximum month-end balances, average daily balances and weighted average interest rates of other borrowings during the periods indicated. Other borrowings includes primarily overnight borrowings and securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements. The tables are based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Year Ended December 31, 2006
Maximum
Balance
Average
Balance
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Other Borrowings:
  Overnight borrowings $ 37,000 $    6,831 5.26%
  Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements 153,819 122,688 4.31    
  Other 3 4
---    
     Total $129,523 4.36%
     Total maximum month-end balance $186,688


Year Ended December 31, 2005
Maximum
Balance
Average
Balance
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Other Borrowings:
  Overnight borrowings $ 51,500 $  8,200 3.65%
  Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements 172,162 149,418 3.12    
  Other 282 129
---    
     Total $157,747 3.15%
     Total maximum month-end balance $199,076

Next Page
29
 

Year Ended December 31, 2004
Maximum
Balance
Average
Balance
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Other Borrowings:
  Overnight borrowings $  32,000 $    6,582 1.70%
  Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements 139,811 96,603 1.51   
  Other          280 86
---   
     Total $103,271 1.53%
     Total maximum month-end balance $151,591

             The following tables set forth year-end balances and weighted average interest rates of the Company's other borrowings at the dates indicated. The tables are based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

December 31, 2006
Balance
Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Other borrowings:
  Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements $120,956
4.45%
     Total
$120,956

4.45%


December 31, 2005
Balance
Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Other borrowings:
  Overnight borrowings $    1,001 4.33%
  Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements 132,512 4.01   
  Other 45
---    
     Total $133,558 4.01%


December 31, 2004
Balance
Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Other borrowings:
  Overnight borrowings $ 11,500 2.46%
  Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements 139,811 2.32   
  Other 280
---     
     Total
$151,591

2.33%

Next Page
30
 

             The following table sets forth the maximum month-end balances, average daily balances and weighted average interest rates of subordinated debentures issued to capital trust during the periods indicated. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Year Ended December 31,
2006
2005
2004
(Dollars in thousands)
Subordinated debentures:
   Maximum balance $25,774    $18,612    $19,278   
  Average balance 18,739    18,305    18,859   
  Weighted average interest rate 7.12% 5.39% 3.23%

             The following table sets forth certain information as to the Company's subordinated debentures issued to capital trust at the dates indicated. The table is based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

December 31,
2006
2005
2004
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Subordinated debentures $25,774    $17,784    $17,784   
Interest rate swap fair value adjustment N/A   
275   
764   
$25,774    $18,059     $18,548   
Weighted average interest
  rate of subordinated debentures

6.98%

6.04%

4.58% 

Subsidiaries

             Great Southern. As a Missouri-chartered trust company, Great Southern may invest up to 3%, which was equal to $67.3 million at December 31, 2006, of its assets in service corporations. At December 31, 2006, the Bank's total investment in Great Southern Real Estate Development Corporation ("Real Estate Development") was $2.4 million. Real Estate Development was incorporated and organized in 2003 under the laws of the State of Missouri. At December 31, 2006, the Bank's total investment in Great Southern Financial Corporation ("GSFC") was $3.6 million. GSFC is incorporated under the laws of the State of Missouri, and does business as Great Southern Insurance and Great Southern Travel. At December 31, 2006, the Bank's total investment in Great Southern Community Development Corporation ("Community Development") was $1.7 million. Community Development was incorporated and organized in 2004 under the laws of the State of Missouri. At December 31, 2006, the Bank's total investment in GS, L.L.C. ("GSLLC") was $(26,000). GSLLC was incorporated and organized in 2005 under the laws of the State of Missouri. These subsidiaries are primarily engaged in the activities described below.

             Great Southern Real Estate Development Corporation. Generally, the purpose of Real Estate Development is to hold real estate assets which have been obtained through foreclosure by the Bank and which require ongoing operation of a business or completion of construction. In 2006 and 2005, Real Estate Development did not hold any significant real estate assets. Real Estate Development had net income of $-0- and $-0- in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Next Page
31
 

             General Insurance Agency. Great Southern Insurance, a division of GSFC, was organized in 1974. It acts as a general property, casualty and life insurance agency for a number of clients, including the Bank. Great Southern Insurance had net income of $176,000 and $162,000 in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, Great Southern Insurance had gross revenues of $1.5 million and $1.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

             Travel Agency. Great Southern Travel, a division of GSFC, was organized in 1976. At December 31, 2006, it was the largest travel agency based in southwestern Missouri and was estimated to be in the top 5% (based on gross revenue) of travel agencies nationwide. Great Southern Travel operates from thirteen full-time locations, including a facility at the Springfield-Branson National Airport, and additional corporate on-site locations. It engages in personal, commercial and group travel services. Great Southern Travel had net income of $436,000 and $383,000 in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, Great Southern Travel had gross revenues of $5.7 million and $5.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

             GSB One, L.L.C. At December 31, 2006, the Bank's total investment in GSB One, L.L.C. ("GSB One") and GSB Two, L.L.C. ("GSB Two") was $664 million. The capital contribution was made by transferring participations in loans to GSB Two. GSB One is a Missouri limited liability company that was formed in March of 1998. Currently the only activity of this company is the ownership of GSB Two.

             GSB Two, L.L.C. This is a Missouri limited liability company that was formed in March of 1998. GSB Two is a real estate investment trust ("REIT"). It holds participations in real estate mortgages from the Bank. The Bank continues to service the loans in return for a management and servicing fee from GSB Two. GSB Two had net income of $39.0 million and $34.1 million in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

             Great Southern Community Development Corporation. Generally, the purpose of Community Development is to invest in community development projects that have a public benefit, and are permissible under Missouri law. These include such activities as investing in real estate and investing in other community development corporations. Community Development had net income of $29,000 and a net loss of $11,000 in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

             GS, L.L.C. GS, L.L.C. was organized in 2005. GSLLC is a limited liability corporation that invests in multiple limited liability corporations (as a limited partner) for the purpose of acquiring state and federal historic tax credits which are utilized by Great Southern. GSLLC had a net loss of $2.6 million and $432,000 in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which primarily resulted from the cost to acquire tax credits. This loss was offset by the tax credits utilized by Great Southern.

Competition

             Great Southern faces strong competition both in originating real estate and other loans and in attracting deposits. Competition in originating real estate loans comes primarily from other commercial banks, savings institutions and mortgage bankers making loans secured by real estate located in the Bank's market area. Commercial banks and finance companies provide vigorous competition in commercial and consumer lending. The Bank competes for real estate and other loans principally on the basis of the interest rates and loan fees it charges, the types of loans it originates and the quality of services it provides to borrowers. The other lines of business of the Bank, including loan servicing and loan sales, as well as the Bank and Company subsidiaries, face significant competition in their markets.

Next Page
32
 

             The Bank faces substantial competition in attracting deposits from other commercial banks, savings institutions, money market and mutual funds, credit unions and other investment vehicles. The Bank attracts a significant amount of deposits through its branch offices primarily from the communities in which those branch offices are located; therefore, competition for those deposits is principally from other commercial banks and savings institutions located in the same communities. The Bank competes for these deposits by offering a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates, convenient business hours, and convenient branch and ATM locations with inter-branch deposit and withdrawal privileges at each branch location.

Employees

             At December 31, 2006, the Bank and its affiliates had a total of 725 employees, including 144 part-time employees. None of the Bank's employees are represented by any collective bargaining agreement. Management considers its employee relations to be good.

Government Supervision and Regulation

             General

             On June 30, 1998, the Bank converted from a federal savings bank to a Missouri-chartered trust company, with the approval of the Missouri Division of Finance ("MDF") and the FRB. The Bank is regulated as a bank under state and federal law. By converting, the Bank was able to expand its consumer and commercial lending authority.

             The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to supervision and examination by applicable federal and state banking agencies. The earnings of the Bank's subsidiaries, and therefore the earnings of the Company, are affected by general economic conditions, management policies and the legislative and governmental actions of various regulatory authorities, including the FRB, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") and the MDF. The following is a brief summary of certain aspects of the regulation of the Company and the Bank and does not purport to fully discuss such regulation.

             Bank Holding Company Regulation

             The Company is a bank holding company that has elected to be treated as a financial holding company by the FRB. Financial holding companies are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FRB under the Bank Holding Company Act, and the regulations of the FRB. As a financial holding company, the Company is required to file reports with the FRB and such additional information as the FRB may require, and is subject to regular examinations by the FRB. The FRB also has extensive enforcement authority over financial holding companies, including, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to require that a holding company divest subsidiaries (including its bank subsidiaries). In general, enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of law and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

             Under FRB policy, a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength for its subsidiary banks. Under this policy, the FRB may require, and has required in the past, that a bank holding company contribute additional capital to an undercapitalized subsidiary bank.

             Under the Bank Holding Company Act, a financial holding company must obtain FRB approval before: (i) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of such shares (unless it already owns or controls the majority of such shares); (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank or financial holding company; or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank or financial holding company.

Next Page
33
 

             The Bank Holding Company Act also prohibits a financial holding company generally from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those involving banking, activities closely related to banking that are permitted for a bank holding company, securities, insurance or merchant banking.

             Interstate Banking and Branching

             Federal law allows the FRB to approve an application of a bank holding company to acquire control of, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, a bank located in a state other than such holding company's home state, without regard to whether the transaction is prohibited by the laws of any state. The FRB may not approve the acquisition of a bank that has not been in existence for the minimum time period (not exceeding five years) specified by the statutory law of the host state. Federal law also prohibits the FRB from approving such an application if the applicant (and its depository institution affiliates) controls or would control more than 10% of the insured deposits in the United States or if the applicant would control 30% or more of the deposits in any state in which the target bank maintains a branch and in which the applicant or any of its depository institution affiliates controls a depository institution or branch immediately prior to the acquisition of the target bank. Federal law does not affect the authority of states to limit the percentage of total insured deposits in the state which may be held or controlled by a bank or bank holding company to the extent such limitation does not discriminate against out-of-state banks or bank holding companies. Individual states may also waive the 30% state-wide concentration limit.

             The federal banking agencies are generally authorized to approve interstate bank merger transactions without regard to whether such transactions are prohibited by the law of any state. Interstate acquisitions of branches are permitted only if the law of the state in which the branch is located permits such acquisitions. Interstate mergers and branch acquisitions are also subject to the nationwide and statewide insured deposit concentration amounts described above.

             Federal law also authorizes the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"), FRB and the FDIC to approve interstate branching de novo by national and state banks, respectively, only in states which specifically allow for such branching. As required by federal law, the OCC, FDIC and FRB have prescribed regulations which prohibit any out-of-state bank from using the interstate branching authority primarily for the purpose of deposit production, including guidelines to ensure that interstate branches operated by an out-of-state bank in a host state reasonably help to meet the credit needs of the communities which they serve.

             Certain Transactions with Affiliates and Other Persons

             Transactions involving the Bank and its affiliates are subject to sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, and regulations thereunder, which impose certain quantitative limits and collateral requirements on such transactions, and require all such transactions to be on terms at least as favorable to the Bank as are available in transactions with non-affiliates.

             All loans by the Bank its directors and executive officers are subject to FRB regulations restricting loans and other transactions with affiliated persons of the Bank. Transactions involving such persons must be on terms and conditions comparable to those for similar transactions with non-affiliates. A bank may have a policy allowing favorable rate loans to employees as long as it is an employee benefit available to bank employees. The Bank has such a policy in place that allows for loans to all employees.

Next Page
34
 

             Dividends

             The FRB has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the FRB's view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that its net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The FRB also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Furthermore, a bank holding company may be prohibited from paying any dividends if the holding company's bank subsidiary is not adequately capitalized.

             A bank holding company is required to give the FRB prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of the company's consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law, regulation, FRB order, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the FRB. This notification requirement does not apply to any company that meets the well-capitalized standard for bank holding companies, is well-managed, and is not subject to any unresolved supervisory issues. Under Missouri law, the Bank may pay dividends from certain undivided profits and may not pay dividends if its capital is impaired.

             The Federal banking agencies have adopted various capital-related regulations. Under those regulations, a bank will be well capitalized if it has: (i) a total risk- based capital ratio of 10% or greater; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 6% or greater; (iii) a leverage ratio of 5% or greater; and (iv) is not subject to a regulatory requirement to maintain any specific capital measure. A bank will be adequately capitalized if it is not "well capitalized" and: (i) has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater; (ii) has a Tier 1 risk-based ratio of 4% or greater; and (iii) has a leverage ratio of 4% or greater. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank was "well capitalized."

             Federal banking agencies take into consideration concentrations of credit risk and risks from non-traditional activities, as well as an institution's ability to manage those risks, when determining the adequacy of an institution's capital. This evaluation will generally be made as part of the institution's regular safety and soundness examination. Under their regulations, the federal banking agencies consider interest rate risk (when the interest rate sensitivity of an institution's assets does not match the sensitivity of its liabilities or its off-balance-sheet position) in the evaluation of a bank's capital adequacy. The banking agencies have issued guidance on evaluating interest rate risk.

             The FRB has established capital regulations for bank holding companies that generally parallel the capital regulations for banks. To be considered "well capitalized," a bank holding company must have, on a consolidated basis, a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater and a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater and must not be subject to an individual order, directive or agreement under which the FRB requires it to maintain a specific capital level. As of December 31, 2006, the Company was "well capitalized."

             Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC

             The FDIC currently maintains the Deposit Insurance Fund (the "DIF"), which was created in 2006 in the merger of the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund. The Bank's depositors are insured by the DIF up to $100,000 per insured account (as defined by law and regulation). This insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.

Next Page
35
 

             As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the DIF. The FDIC also has the authority to take enforcement actions against banks and savings associations.

             The FDIC's regulations for risk-based deposit insurance assessments establish four Risk Categories. Risk Category I, for well-capitalized institutions that are financially sound with only a few minor weaknesses, includes about 95% of FDIC-insured institutions. Risk Categories II, III and IV present progressively greater risks to the DIF. Effective January 1, 2007, Risk Category I institutions pay quarterly assessments for deposit insurance at annual rates of 5 to 7 basis points. The rates for Risk Categories II, III and IV are 7, 28 and 43 basis points, respectively. With advance notice to insured institutions, rates are subject to change. Within Risk Category I, the precise rate for an individual institution with less than $10 billion in assets is generally determined by a formula using CAMELS ratings, which are assigned in examinations, and financial ratios. A different method applies for larger institutions. The rate for an individual institution is applied to its assessment base, which is generally its deposit liabilities subject to certain adjustments. An institution insured by the FDIC on December 31, 1996 which had previously paid assessments (or its successor) is eligible for certain credit against deposit insurance assessments.

             The FDIC also collects assessments against the assessable deposits of insured institutions to service the debt on bonds issued during the 1980's to resolve the thrift bailout. For the quarter ended December 31, 2006, the assessment rate was 1.24 basis points per $100 of assessable deposits.

             The Federal banking regulators are required to take prompt corrective action if an institution fails to satisfy the requirements to qualify as adequately capitalized. All institutions, regardless of their capital levels, will be restricted from making any capital distribution or paying any management fees that would cause the institution to fail to satisfy the requirements to qualify as adequately capitalized. An institution that is not at least adequately capitalized will be: (i) subject to increased monitoring by the appropriate Federal banking regulator; (ii) required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan (including certain guarantees by any company controlling the institution) within 45 days; (iii) subject to asset growth limits; and (iv) required to obtain prior regulatory approval for acquisitions, branching and new lines of business. Additional restrictions, including appointment of a receiver or conservator, can apply, depending on the institution's capital level. The FDIC has jurisdiction over the Bank for purposes of prompt corrective action.

             Federal Reserve System

             The FRB requires all depository institutions to maintain reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and Super NOW checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits. At December 31, 2006, the Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements.

             Banks are authorized to borrow from the FRB "discount window," but FRB regulations only allow this borrowing for short periods of time and generally require banks to exhaust other reasonable alternative sources of funds where practical, including FHLBank advances, before borrowing from the FRB. See "Sources of Funds Borrowings" above.

             Federal Home Loan Bank System

             The Bank is a member of the FHLBank of Des Moines, which is one of 12 regional FHLBanks.

             As a member, Great Southern is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLBank of Des Moines in an amount equal to the greater of 1% of its outstanding home loans or 5% of its outstanding FHLBank advances. At December 31, 2006, Great Southern had $10.5 million in FHLBank stock, which was in compliance with this requirement. In past years, the Bank has received dividends on its FHLBank stock. Over the past five years, such dividends have averaged 2.96% and were 3.83% for year the ended December 31, 2006.

Next Page
36
 

             Legislative and Regulatory Proposals

             Any changes in the extensive regulatory scheme to which the Company or the Bank is and will be subject, whether by any of the Federal banking agencies or Congress, could have a material effect on the Company or the Bank, and the Company and the Bank cannot predict what, if any, future actions may be taken by legislative or regulatory authorities or what impact such actions may have.

Federal and State Taxation

             The following discussion contains a summary of certain federal and state income tax provisions applicable to the Company and the Bank. It is not a comprehensive description of the federal income tax laws that may affect the Company and the Bank. The following discussion is based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") and Treasury and judicial interpretations thereof.

             General

             The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return using the accrual method of accounting, with the exception of GSB Two which files a separate return as a REIT. All corporations joining in the consolidated federal income tax return are jointly and severally liable for taxes due and payable by the consolidated group. The following discussion primarily focuses upon the taxation of the Bank, since the federal income tax law contains certain special provisions with respect to banks.

             Financial institutions, such as the Bank, are subject, with certain exceptions, to the provisions of the Code generally applicable to corporations.

             Bad Debt Deduction

             As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, retained earnings includes approximately $17,500,000 for which no deferred income tax liability has been recognized. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only for tax years prior to 1988. If the Bank were to liquidate, the entire amount would have to be recaptured and would create income for tax purposes only, which would be subject to the then-current corporate income tax rate. The unrecorded deferred income tax liability on the above amount was approximately $6,475,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

             The Bank is required to follow the specific charge-off method which only allows a bad debt deduction equal to actual charge-offs, net of recoveries, experienced during the fiscal year of the deduction. In a year where recoveries exceed charge-offs, the Bank would be required to include the net recoveries in taxable income.

             Interest Deduction

             In the case of a financial institution, such as the Bank, no deduction is allowed for the pro rata portion of its interest expense which is allocable to tax-exempt interest on obligations acquired after August 7, 1986. A limited class of tax-exempt obligations acquired after August 7, 1986 will not be subject to this complete disallowance rule. For tax-exempt obligations acquired after December 31, 1982 and before August 8, 1986 and for obligations acquired after August 7, 1986 that are not subject to the complete disallowance rule, 80% of interest incurred to purchase or carry such obligations will be deductible. No portion of the interest expense allocable to tax-exempt obligations acquired by a financial institution before January 1, 1983, which is otherwise deductible, will be disallowed. The interest expense disallowance rules cited above have not significantly impacted the Bank.

Next Page
37
 

             Alternative Minimum Tax

             Corporations generally are subject to a 20% corporate alternative minimum tax ("AMT"). A corporation must pay the AMT to the extent it exceeds that corporation's regular federal income tax liability The AMT is imposed on "alternative minimum taxable income," defined as taxable income with certain adjustments and tax preference items, less any available exemption. Such adjustments and items include, but are not limited to, (i) net interest received on certain tax-exempt bonds issued after August 7, 1986; and (ii) 75% of the difference between adjusted current earnings and alternative minimum taxable income, as otherwise determined with certain adjustments. Net operating loss carryovers may be utilized, subject to adjustment, to offset up to 90% of the alternative minimum taxable income, as otherwise determined. A portion of the AMT paid, if any, may be credited against future regular federal income tax liability.

             Missouri Taxation

             Missouri-based banks, such as the Bank, are subject to a franchise tax which is imposed on the larger of (i) the bank's taxable income at the rate of 7% of the taxable income (determined without regard for any net operating losses) - income-based calculation; or (ii) the bank's assets at a rate of .033% of total assets less deposits and the investment in greater than 50% owned subsidiaries - asset-based calculation. Missouri-based banks are entitled to a credit against the income-based franchise tax for all other state or local taxes on banks, except taxes on real estate, unemployment taxes, bank tax, and taxes on tangible personal property owned by the Bank and held for lease or rental to others.

             The Company and all subsidiaries are subject to an income tax that is imposed on the corporation's taxable income at the rate of 6.25%. The return is filed on a consolidated basis by all members of the consolidated group including the Bank, but excluding GSB Two. As a REIT, GSB Two files a separate Missouri income tax return.

             Maryland Taxation

             As a Maryland corporation, the Company is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual fee to the State of Maryland.

             Examinations

             The Company and its consolidated subsidiaries have not been audited recently by the Internal Revenue Service or the State of Missouri with respect to income or franchise tax returns, and as such, tax years through December 31, 2002, have been closed without audit.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

             An investment in the common stock of the Company is speculative in nature and is subject to certain risks inherent in the business of the Company and the Bank. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company and the Bank are described below. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before making an investment in the Company's common stock. The risks described below are not the only ones we face in our business. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition or operating results could be materially harmed. In such an event, our common stock could decline in price.

Next Page
38
 

             References to "we," "us," and "our" in this "Risk Factors" section refer to the Company and its subsidiaries, including the Bank, unless otherwise specified or unless the context otherwise requires.

Since our business is concentrated in the Southwest Missouri area, including the Springfield metropolitan area and Branson, a downturn in the Springfield or Branson economies may adversely affect our business.

             Our lending and deposit gathering activities have been historically concentrated primarily in the Springfield and Branson, Missouri areas. Our success depends on the general economic condition of Springfield and Branson and their surrounding areas. Although we believe the economy in these areas has been favorable, we do not know whether these conditions will continue. Our greatest concentration of loans and deposits is in the Greater Springfield area. With a population of approximately 398,000, the Greater Springfield area is the third largest metropolitan area in Missouri.

             The next largest concentration of loans is in the Branson area. The region is a vacation and entertainment center, attracting tourists to its theme parks, resorts, country music and novelty shows and other recreational facilities. As a result of the rapid growth of the Branson area in the early 1990's, property values increased at unusually high rates. This growth also provided for increased loan demand and a more volatile lending market than had previously been present in that area. Due to overbuilding of commercial properties during the mid-1990's, property values experienced downward pressure in the late 1990's. In recent years, commercial real estate values have stabilized. Reduced demand for residential properties in the 1990's similarly created downward pressure on one- to four-family and multi-family, primary and vacation residences in this area. In recent years, residential real estate demand and values have shown improvements. Branson is currently experiencing significant growth again as a result of a large retail, hotel, convention center project which has been constructed in Branson's historic downtown. This project has created hundreds of new jobs in the area. At December 31, 2006, approximately 10% of our loan portfolio consisted of loans in the two county region that includes the Branson area.

             Adverse changes in the regional and general economic conditions could reduce our growth rate, impair our ability to collect loans, increase loan delinquencies, increase problem assets and foreclosure, increase claims and lawsuits, decrease the demand for the Bank's products and services, and decrease the value of collateral for loans, especially real estate, thereby having a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to our relatively high concentration of commercial and residential construction, commercial real estate and multi-family loans.

             Our commercial and residential construction, commercial real estate and multi-family loans accounted for approximately 75.7% of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2006. Generally, we consider these types of loans to involve a higher degree of risk compared to first mortgage loans on one- to four-family, owner-occupied residential properties. At December 31, 2006, we had $159.9 million of loans secured by residential subdivisions, $132.0 million of loans secured by apartments, $130.0 million of loans secured by healthcare facilities, $125.7 million of loans secured by motels and $100.9 million of loans secured by condominiums, which are particularly sensitive to certain risks including the following:

Next Page
39
 

  • large loan balances owed by a single borrower;

  • payments that are dependent on the successful operation of the project; and

  • loans that are more directly impacted by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy generally.

             The risks associated with construction lending include the borrower's inability to complete the construction process on time and within budget, the sale of the project within projected absorption periods, the economic risks associated with real estate collateral, and the potential of a rising interest rate environment. These loans may include financing the development and/or construction of residential subdivisions. This activity may involve financing land purchase, infrastructure development (i.e. roads, utilities, etc.), as well as construction of residences or multi-family dwellings for subsequent sale by the developer/builder. Because the sale of developed properties is critical to the success of developer business, loan repayment may be especially subject to the volatility of real estate market values. Management has established underwriting and monitoring criteria to help minimize the inherent risks of commercial real estate construction lending. However, there is no guaranty that these controls and procedures will avoid all losses on this type of lending.

             Commercial and multi-family real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of the loans generally is dependent, in large part, on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. These loans may therefore be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the economy generally. For example, if the cash flow from the borrower's project is reduced due to leases not being obtained or renewed, the borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired. In addition, many commercial and multi-family real estate loans are not fully amortized over the loan period, but have balloon payments due at maturity. A borrower's ability to make a balloon payment typically will depend on being able to either refinance the loan or completing a timely sale of the underlying property.

             We plan to continue our emphasis on commercial real estate and construction lending. Because of the increased risks related to these types of loans, we may determine it necessary to increase the level of our provision for loan losses. Increased provisions for loan losses would adversely impact our operating results. See "Item 1. Business-The Company-Lending Activities-Commercial Real Estate and Construction Lending," "-Other Commercial Lending," "-Residential Real Estate Lending" and "-Allowance for Losses on Loans and Foreclosed Assets" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio.

             Lending money is a substantial part of our business. However, every loan we make carries a certain risk of non-payment. This risk is affected by, among other things:

  • cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed;

  • in the case of a collateralized loan, the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral;

  • the credit history of a particular borrower;

  • changes in economic and industry conditions; and

  • the duration of the loan.

Next Page
40
 

             We maintain an allowance for loan losses that we believe is a reasonable estimate of known and inherent losses within the loan portfolio. We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio. Through a periodic review and consideration of the loan portfolio, management determines the amount of the allowance for loan losses by considering general market conditions, credit quality of the loan portfolio, the collateral supporting the loans and performance of customers relative to their financial obligations with us. The amount of future losses is susceptible to changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, which may be beyond our control, and these losses may exceed current estimates. Growing loan portfolios are, by their nature, unseasoned. As a result, estimating loan loss allowances for growing portfolios is more difficult, and may be more susceptible to changes in estimates, and to losses exceeding estimates, than more seasoned portfolios. We cannot fully predict the amount or timing of losses or whether the loss allowance will be adequate in the future. Excessive loan losses and significant additions to our allowance for loan losses could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

             In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities might have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Next Page
41
 

Our operations depend upon our continued ability to access brokered deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

             Due to the high level of competition for deposits in our market, we utilize a sizable amount of certificates of deposit obtained through deposit brokers and advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines to help fund our asset base. Brokered deposits are marketed through national brokerage firms that solicit funds from their customers for deposit in banks, including our bank. Brokered deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances may generally be more sensitive to changes in interest rates and volatility in the capital markets than retail deposits attracted through our branch network, and our reliance on these sources of funds increases the sensitivity of our portfolio to these external factors. At December 31, 2006, we had $708.2 million in brokered deposits and $179.2 million in Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

             Bank regulators can restrict our access to these sources of funds in certain circumstances. For example, if the Bank's regulatory capital ratios declined below the "well capitalized" status, banking regulators would require the Bank to obtain their approval prior to obtaining or renewing brokered deposits. The regulators might not approve our acceptance of brokered deposits in amounts that we desire or at all. Similarly, Federal Home Loan Bank advances are only available to borrowers that meet certain conditions. If the Bank were to cease meeting these conditions, our access to Federal Home Loan Bank advances could be significantly reduced or eliminated.

             We rely on these sources of funds because we believe that generating funds through brokered deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances in many instances decreases our cost of funds, relative to the cost of generating and retaining retail deposits through our branch network. If our access to brokered deposits or Federal Home Loan Bank advances were reduced or eliminated for whatever reason, the resulting decrease in our net interest income or limitation on our ability to fund additional loans would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

             Certain Federal Home Loan Banks, including Des Moines, have experienced lower earnings from time to time and paid out lower dividends to its members. Future problems at the Federal Home Loan Banks may impact the collateral necessary to secure borrowings and limit the borrowings extended to its member banks, as well as require additional capital contributions by its member banks. Should this occur, Great Southern's short term liquidity needs could be negatively impacted. Should Great Southern be restricted from using Federal Home Loan Bank advances due to weakness in the system or with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines, Great Southern may be forced to find alternative funding sources. Such alternative funding sources may include the utilization of existing lines of credit with third party banks or the Federal Reserve Bank along with seeking other lines of credit, borrowing under repurchase agreement lines, increasing deposit rates to attract additional funds, accessing additional brokered deposits, or selling certain investment securities categorized as available-for-sale in order to maintain adequate levels of liquidity. At December 31, 2006, the Bank owned $10.5 million of Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines stock, which paid a dividend approximating 4.25% for the fourth quarter of 2006. The Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines may eliminate or reduce dividend payments at any time in the future in order for it to maintain or restore its retained earnings.

Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.

             We face substantial competition in all phases of our operations from a variety of different competitors. Our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in this highly competitive environment. To date, we have grown our business successfully by focusing on our geographic market and emphasizing the high level of service and responsiveness desired by our customers. We compete for loans, deposits and other financial services with other commercial banks, thrifts, credit unions, consumer finance companies, insurance companies and brokerage firms. Many of our competitors offer products and services which we do not offer, and many have substantially greater resources, name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business. In addition, larger competitors (including certain national banks that have a significant presence in Great Southern's market area) may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, and smaller and newer competitors may also be more aggressive in terms of pricing loan and deposit products than us in order to obtain a larger share of the market. As we have grown, we have become increasingly dependent on outside funding sources, including funds borrowed from the Federal Home Loan Bank and brokered deposits, where we face nationwide competition. Some of the financial institutions and financial services organizations with which we compete are not subject to the same degree of regulation as is imposed on bank holding companies, federally insured state-chartered banks and national banks and federal savings banks. As a result, these non-bank competitors have certain advantages over us in accessing funding and in providing various services.

             We also experience competition from a variety of institutions outside of the Company's market area. Some of these institutions conduct business primarily over the Internet and may thus be able to realize certain cost savings and offer products and services at more favorable rates and with greater convenience to the customer.

Our business may be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment in which we operate, including the various capital adequacy guidelines we are required to meet.

             We are subject to extensive federal and state legislation, regulation, examination and supervision. Recently enacted, proposed and future legislation and regulations have had, will continue to have, or may have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Our success depends on our continued ability to maintain compliance with these regulations. Some of these regulations may increase our costs and thus place other financial institutions in stronger, more favorable competitive positions. We cannot predict what restrictions may be imposed upon us with future legislation. See "Item 1.-The Company -Government Supervision and Regulation" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Next Page
42
 

             The Company and the Bank are required to meet certain regulatory capital adequacy guidelines and other regulatory requirements imposed by the FRB, the FDIC and the Missouri Division of Finance. If the Company or the Bank fails to meet these minimum capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected and could compromise the status of the Company as a financial holding company. See "Item 1 -The Company -Government Supervision and Regulation" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for descriptions of the capital guidelines applicable to the Company and the Bank.

We may be adversely affected by interest rate changes.

             Our earnings are largely dependent upon our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits and borrowed funds. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various governmental and regulatory agencies, in particular, the Federal Reserve Board. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and the amount of interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, (ii) the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, and (iii) the average duration of our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings.

             We generally seek to maintain a neutral position in terms of the volume of assets and liabilities that mature or re-price during any period. As such, Great Southern has adopted asset and liability management strategies to attempt to minimize the potential adverse effects of changes in interest rates on net interest income, primarily by altering the mix and maturity of loans, investments and funding sources, including interest rate swaps, so that it may reasonably maintain its net interest income and net interest margin. However, interest rate fluctuations, the level and shape of the interest rate yield curve, loan prepayments, loan production and deposit flows are constantly changing and influence the ability to maintain a neutral position. Accordingly, we may not be successful in maintaining a neutral position and, as a result, our net interest margin may be adversely impacted.

Our exposure to operational risks may adversely affect the Company.

             Similar to other financial institutions, the Company is exposed to many types of operational risk, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, the risk that sensitive customer or Company data is compromised, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors. If any of these risks occur, it could result in material adverse consequences for the Company.

We continually encounter technological change, and we may have fewer resources than many of our competitors to continue to invest in technological improvements.

             The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes, with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our clients.

Next Page
43
 

             As a service to our clients, we currently offer an Internet PC banking product. Use of this service involves the transmission of confidential information over public networks. We cannot be sure that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments will not result in a compromise or breach in the commercially available encryption and authentication technology that we use to protect our clients' transaction data. If we were to experience such a breach or compromise, we could suffer losses and our operations could be adversely affected.

Our accounting policies and methods impact how we report our financial condition and results of operations. Application of these policies and methods may require management to make estimates about matters that are uncertain.

             The Company's accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. The Company's management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect management's judgment of the most appropriate manner to report its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which might be reasonable under the circumstances yet might result in the Company reporting materially different amounts than would have been reported under a different alternative. Note 1 "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" describes the Company's significant accounting policies. These accounting policies are critical to presenting the Company's financial condition and results of operations. They may require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our consolidated financial statements.

             The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies, from time to time may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of the Company's consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how the Company records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, the Company could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in changes to previously reported financial results, or a cumulative charge to retained earnings.

Our internal controls may be ineffective.

             We regularly review and update our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures and corporate governance policies and procedures. As a result, we may incur increased costs to maintain and improve our controls and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls or procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Next Page
44
 

Our stock price can be volatile.

             Our stock price can fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors. Factors include actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly operating results, recommendations by securities analysts, operating and stock price performance of other companies, news reports, results of litigation and other factors, including those described in this "Risk Factors" section. General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes and credit loss trends could also cause Great Southern's common stock price to decrease regardless of the Company's operating results. Our common stock also has a low average daily trading volume relative to many other stocks, which may limit a person's ability to quickly accumulate or divest themselves of large blocks of our stock. This can lead to significant price swings even when a relatively small number of shares are being traded.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

             None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

             The following table sets forth certain information concerning the main corporate office and each branch office of the Company at December 31, 2006. The aggregate net book value of the Company's premises and equipment was $26.4 million at December 31, 2006 and $27.3 million at December 31, 2005. See also Note 5 and Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Substantially all buildings owned are free of encumbrances or mortgages. In the opinion of management, the facilities are adequate and suitable for the needs of the Company.

Next Page
45
 

Location
Year
Opened
Owned or
Leased
Lease Expiration
(Including any
Renewal Option)
 
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS AND BANK:
1451 E. Battlefield Springfield, Missouri 1976 Owned N/A
 
OPERATIONS CENTER AND BRANCH OFFICE:
218 S. Glenstone Springfield, Missouri 2004 Owned N/A
218A S. Glenstone Springfield, Missouri 2004 Owned N/A
 
BRANCH OFFICES:
430 South Avenue Springfield, Missouri 1983 Leased 2043
1607 W. Kearney Springfield, Missouri 1976 Leased* 2022
1615 W. Sunshine Springfield, Missouri 2001 Owned N/A
2562 N. Glenstone Springfield, Missouri 2003 Owned N/A
1955 S. Campbell Springfield, Missouri 1979 Leased* 2020
3961 S. Campbell Springfield, Missouri 1998 Leased 2028
2609 A E. Sunshine Springfield, Missouri 2001 Owned N/A
2735 W. Chestnut Springfield, Missouri 2002 Owned N/A
1580 W. Battlefield Springfield, Missouri 1985 Leased* 2017
723 N. Benton Springfield, Missouri 1985 Owned N/A
507 E. Kearney Springfield, Missouri 2004 Owned N/A
2945 W. Republic Road(3) Springfield, Missouri 2006 Owned N/A
1500 S. Elliot Aurora, Missouri 2003 Owned N/A
102 N. Jefferson Ava, Missouri 1982 Owned N/A
110 W. Hensley Branson Missouri 1982 Owned N/A
1729 W. Highway 76 Branson, Missouri 1983 Owned N/A
919 W. Dallas Buffalo Missouri 1976 Owned N/A
527 Ozark Cabool, Missouri 1989 Leased 2026
398 E. State Highway 54 Camdenton, Missouri 2005 Owned N/A
8736 N. State Highway 5 Camdenton, Missouri 2005 Owned N/A
14411 State Highway 7 Climax Springs, Missouri 2005 Owned N/A
1710 E. 32nd Street Joplin, Missouri 1989 Leased* 2031
1232 S. Rangeline Joplin, Missouri 1998 Leased 2018
2711 N. Rangeline(2) Joplin, Missouri 2004 Owned N/A
Highway 00 and 13 Kimberling City, Missouri 1984 Owned N/A
528 S. Jefferson Lebanon, Missouri 1978 Leased* 2028
300 S.W. Ward Street Lee's Summit, Missouri 2006 Owned N/A
714 S. Neosho Boulevard Neosho, Missouri 1991 Owned N/A
717 W. Mt. Vernon Nixa, Missouri 1995 Owned N/A
1391 N. Main Street Nixa, Missouri 2003 Owned N/A

Next Page
46
 

Location
Year
Opened
Owned or
Leased
Lease Expiration
(Including any
Renewal Option)
 
4571 Highway 54 Osage Beach, Missouri 1987 Owned N/A
1701 W. Jackson Ozark, Missouri 1997 Owned N/A
1198 W. State Highway NN(1) Ozark, Missouri 2003 Owned N/A
1444 W. State Highway J(1) Ozark, Missouri 2006 Owned N/A
620 E. Harrison Republic, Missouri 2004 Owned N/A
118 South Street Stockton, Missouri 2003 Owned N/A
323 E. Walnut Thayer, Missouri 1978 Leased* 2011
1210 Parkway Shopping Center West Plains, Missouri 1975 Owned N/A
 
LOAN PRODUCTION OFFICES:
 
14 Corporate Woods, Suite 500,
8717 W. 110th Street
Overland Park, Kansas 2003 Leased 2009
5430 Pinnacle Point Dr, Suite 204 Rogers, Arkansas 2003 Leased 2007
Three City Place Dr., Suite 570 Creve Coeur, Missouri 2005 Leased 2010
1603 Chapel Hill Road Columbia, Missouri 2006 Leased 2009

_________________

* Building owned with land leased.
(1) In 2003, the Company purchased land on West Highway NN for a second branch location in Ozark, Missouri. In 2004 and 2005, nearby properties became available on West Highway J and were purchased by the Company. The land on West Highway NN is currently being marketed for sale. The new facility on West Highway J is owned by the Company and was opened in 2006.
(2) In 2004, the Company purchased land on North Rangeline for a possible third branch location in Joplin, Missouri. This land is currently being marketed for sale.
(3) In 2004, the Company purchased land on West Republic Road for another branch location in Springfield, Missouri. The new facility is owned by the Company with a planned opening in 2007.

             In addition, the travel division has offices in many of the above locations as well as several small offices in other locations including some of its larger corporate customer's headquarters.

             The Bank maintains depositor and borrower customer files on an on-line basis, utilizing a telecommunications network, portions of which are leased. The book value of all data processing and computer equipment utilized by the Bank at December 31, 2006 was $441,000 compared to $439,000 at December 31, 2005. Management has a disaster recovery plan in place with respect to the data processing system as well as the Bank's operations as a whole.

             The Bank maintains a network of Automated Teller Machines ("ATMs"). The Bank utilizes an external service for operation of the ATMs that also allows access to the various national ATM networks. A total of 180 ATMs are located at various branches and primarily convenience stores located throughout southwest and central Missouri. The book value of all ATMs utilized by the Bank at December 31, 2006 was $283,000 compared to $436,000 at December 31, 2005. The Bank will evaluate and relocate existing ATMs as needed, but has no plans in the near future to materially increase its investment in the ATM network.

Next Page
47
 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

             In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and threatened legal actions, some for which the relief or damages sought are substantial. After reviewing pending and threatened litigation with counsel, management believes at this time that the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations or stockholders' equity. We are not able to predict at this time whether the outcome or such actions may or may not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations in a particular future period as the timing and amount of any resolution of such actions and its relationship to the future results of operations are not known.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

             None.

ITEM 4A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

             Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K and Instruction 3 to Item 401(b) of Regulation S-K, the following list is included as an unnumbered item in Part I of this Form 10-K in lieu of being included in the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement.

             The following information as to the business experience during the past five years is supplied with respect to executive officers of the Company and its subsidiaries who are not directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. There are no arrangements or understandings between the persons named and any other person pursuant to which such officers were selected. The executive officers are elected annually and serve at the discretion of their respective Boards of Directors.

Steven G. Mitchem. Mr. Mitchem, age 55, is Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Bank. He joined the Bank in 1990 and is responsible for all lending activities of the Bank. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Mitchem was a Senior Bank Examiner for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

Rex A. Copeland. Mr. Copeland, age 42, is Treasurer of the Company and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank. He joined the Bank in 2000 and is responsible for the financial functions of the Company, including the internal and external financial reporting of the Company and its subsidiaries. Mr. Copeland is a Certified Public Accountant. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Copeland served other financial services companies in the areas of corporate accounting, internal audit and independent public accounting.

Douglas W. Marrs. Mr. Marrs, age 49, is Vice President - Operations of the Bank. He joined the Bank in 1996 and is responsible for all operations functions of the Bank. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Marrs was a bank officer in the areas of operations and data processing at a competing $1 billion bank.

Next Page
48
 

Gary D. Lewis. Mr. Lewis was, at the end of the Company's fiscal year, Vice President - Director of Commercial Lending. He joined the Bank in 2000 and was responsible for commercial lending functions, including oversight of the Bank's Loan Production Offices. Mr. Lewis resigned his position at the Bank on February 20, 2007.

Linton J. Thomason. Mr. Thomason, age 50, is Vice President - Information Systems of the Bank. He joined the Bank in 1997 and is responsible for information services for the Company and all of its subsidiaries and all treasury management sales/operations of the Bank. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Thomason was a bank officer in the areas of technology and data processing, operations and treasury management at a competing $1 billion bank.

Larry A. Larimore. Mr. Larimore, age 66, is Secretary of the Company and Secretary, Vice President - Compliance Officer of the Bank. He joined the Bank in 1998 and is responsible for Compliance and Internal Audit for the Company and Bank. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Larimore was a bank officer in the areas of lending, compliance and internal audit at a competing area bank.

PART II

             Responses incorporated by reference into the items under Part II of this Form 10-K are done so pursuant to Rule 12b-23 and General Instruction G(2) for Form 10-K.

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED
                STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
                SECURITIES.

             Market Information. The Company's Common Stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "GSBC."

             As of December 31, 2006 there were 13,676,965 total shares outstanding and approximately 2,650 shareholders of record.

High/Low Stock Price (adjusted for 2004 2-for-1 stock split in the form of a stock dividend)

2006
2005
2004
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
 
First Quarter $30.04 $27.15 $36.99 $29.96 $25.11 $22.55
Second Quarter 31.00 25.05 33.15 28.45 30.48 24.51
Third Quarter 30.65 26.10 35.77 28.61 36.06 26.47
Fourth Quarter 32.14 26.58 32.61 26.32 43.25 30.71

The last sale price of the Company's Common Stock on December 31, 2006 was $29.51.

Dividend Declarations (adjusted for 2004 2-for-1 stock split in the form of a stock dividend)

December 31,
2006
December 31,
2005
December 31,
2004
 
First Quarter $.140 $.120 $.100
Second Quarter .150 .130 .110
Third Quarter .150 .130 .110
Fourth Quarter .160 .140 .120

             The Company's ability to pay dividends is substantially dependent on the dividend payments it receives from the Bank. For a description of the regulatory restrictions on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company, and the ability of the Company to pay dividends to its stockholders, see "Item 1. Business - Government Supervision and Regulation - Dividends."

Next Page
49
 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

             On November 15, 2000, the Company's Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to 400,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock, under a program of open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. The plan does not have an expiration date. Information on the shares purchased during the fourth quarter of 2006 is shown below.

             On November 15, 2006, the Company's Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to 700,000 shares of the Company's outstanding common stock, under a program of open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions. This authorization is in addition to the authorization to repurchase up to 400,000 shares described in the immediately preceding paragraph.

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased
Average
Price
Per Share
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of
Publicly
Announced
Plan
Maximum
Number of
Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plan(1)
 
October 1, 2006 - October 31, 2006 35,189 $30.37 35,189 60,239
November 1, 2006 - November 30, 2006 100 31.65 100 60,139
December 1, 2006 - December 31, 2006 ---
--- ---
60,139
35,289 $30.37 35,289

__________________
(1) Amount represents the number of shares available to be repurchased under the November 2000 plan as of the last calendar day of the month shown. In addition, 700,000 shares are available to be repurchased under the November 2006 plan upon completion of the November 2000 plan.

Next Page
50
 

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

             The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial information and other financial data of the Company. The selected balance sheet and statement of income data, insofar as they relate to the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by BKD, LLP. The amounts for 2004, 2003 and 2002 are restated amounts, as described in the discussion following the table under "Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements." See Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Information." Results for past periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period. All share and per share amounts have been adjusted for the two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend declared in May 2004.

December 31,
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
(Dollars in thousands)
Summary Statement of
  Condition Information:
  Assets $2,240,308 $ 2,081,155 $1,851,214 $1,544,052 $1,405,256
  Loans receivable, net 1,674,618 1,514,170 1,334,508 1,146,571 1,048,644
  Allowance for loan losses 26,258 24,549 23,489 20,844 21,288
  Available-for-sale securities 344,192 369,316 355,104 259,600 236,269
  Held-to-maturity securities 1,470 1,510 1,545 1,570 1,590
  Foreclosed assets held for sale, net 4,768 595 2,035 9,034 4,328
  Deposits 1,703,804 1,550,253 1,298,723 1,138,625 1,016,997
  Total borrowings 325,900 355,052 401,625 276,584 268,494
  Stockholders' equity (retained
    earnings substantially restricted) 175,578 152,802 140,837 121,679 109,636
  Average loans receivable 1,653,162 1,458,438 1,263,281 1,106,714 1,042,199
  Average total assets 2,179,192 1,987,166 1,704,703 1,437,869 1,344,989
  Average deposits 1,646,370 1,442,964 1,223,895 1,057,798 963,255
  Average stockholders' equity 165,794 150,029 130,600 113,822 95,728
  Number of deposit accounts 91,470 85,853 76,769 74,822 73,861
  Number of full-service offices 37 35 31 29 29

Next Page
51
 

For the Year Ended December 31,
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
(Dollars in thousands)
Summary Income Statement Information:
Interest income:
  Loans $133,094  $ 98,129  $74,162  $66,739  $67,351
  Investment securities and other 16,987 
16,366 
12,897 
9,440 
12,810
150,081 
114,495 
87,059 
76,179 
80,161 
Interest expense:
  Deposits 65,733  42,269  28,952  25,147  29,344 
  Federal Home Loan Bank advances 8,138  7,873  6,091  5,400  6,852 
  Short-term borrowings 5,648  4,969  1,580  588  555 
  Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust 1,335 
986 
610 
594 
686 
80,854 
56,097 
37,233 
31,729 
37,437 
Net interest income 69,227  58,398 49,826  44,450  42,724
Provision for loan losses 5,450 
4,025 
4,800 
4,800 
5,800
Net interest income after
  provision for loan losses 63,777 
54,373 
45,026 
39,650 
36,924
Noninterest income:
  Commissions 9,166  8,726  7,793  5,859  5,786
  Service charges and ATM fees 14,611  13,309  12,726  11,214  8,430
  Net realized gains on sales of loans 944  983  992  2,187  1,575
  Net realized gains (losses) on sales
     of available-for-sale securities (1) 85  (373) 795  3,443
  Realized impairment of available-for-sale securities ---  (734) --- --- ---
  Net gain (loss) on sales of fixed assets 167  30  403  161  57
  Late charges and fees on loans 1,567  1,430  872  771  723
  Change in interest rate swap fair value net of
     change in hedged deposit fair value 1,498  ---  ---  ---  ---
  Change in interest rate swap fair value ---  (6,600) 1,136  (3,089) 9,569
  Interest rate swap net settlements ---  3,408  8,881  7,352  6,136
  Other income 1,680 
  922 
879 
1,004 
463
29,632 
21,559 
33,309 
26,254 
36,182 
Noninterest expense:
  Salaries and employee benefits 28,285  25,355  22,007  18,739  15,842
  Net occupancy expense 7,645  7,589  7,247  6,335  5,337
  Postage 2,178  1,954  1,784  1,691  1,426
  Insurance 876  883  761  683  514
  Advertising 1,201  1,025  794  735  622
  Office supplies and printing 931  903  811  855  828
  Telephone 1,387  1,068  903  797  769
  Legal, audit and other professional fees 1,127  1,410  1,309  1,078  808
  Expense on foreclosed assets 119  268  485  1,939  597
  Write-off of trust preferred securities issuance costs 783  ---  ---  ---  --- 
  Other operating expenses 4,275 
3,743 
3,160 
2,901 
2,245 
48,807 
44,198 
39,261 
35,753 
28,988 
Income before income taxes 44,602  31,734  39,074  30,151  44,118 
Provision for income taxes 13,859 
9,063 
12,675 
9,856 
15,313 
Net income $ 30,743  $ 22,671  $ 26,399  $20,295  $28,805

Next Page
52
 

At or For the Year Ended December 31,
2006
2005
2004
2003
2002
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Per Common Share Data:
  Basic earnings per common share $2.24     $1.65     $1.93     $1.48     $2.10    
  Diluted earnings per common share 2.22     1.63     1.89     1.46     2.07    
  Cash dividends declared 0.60     0.52     0.44     0.36     0.35    
  Book value 12.84     11.13     10.28     8.88     7.99    
  Average shares outstanding 13,697     13,713     13,702     13,707     13,726    
  Year-end actual shares outstanding 13,677     13,723     13,699     13,703     13,714    
  Year-end fully diluted shares outstanding 13,825     13,922     13,995     13,887     13,880    
 
Earnings Performance Ratios:
  Return on average assets(1) 1.41% 1.14% 1.55% 1.41% 2.14%
  Return on average stockholders' equity(2) 18.54     15.11     20.21     17.83     30.09    
  Non-interest income to average total assets 1.36     1.08     1.95     1.83     2.69    
  Non-interest expense to average total assets 2.23     2.21     2.27     2.35     2.11    
  Average interest rate spread(3) 2.83     2.73     2.81     2.98     2.98    
  Year-end interest rate spread 2.95     3.05     2.63     2.88     3.05    
  Net interest margin(4) 3.39     3.13     3.10     3.27     3.30    
  Efficiency ratio(5) 49.37     55.28     47.23     50.57     36.74    
  Net overhead ratio(6) 0.88     1.14     0.35     0.66     (0.53)   
  Common dividend pay-out ratio 27.03     31.90     23.28     24.32     16.79    
 
Asset Quality Ratios:
  Allowance for loan losses/year-end loans 1.54% 1.59% 1.73% 1.78% 1.99%
  Non-performing assets/year-end loans and
    foreclosed assets

1.46    

1.09    

0.48    

1.40    

1.75    
  Allowance for loan losses/non-performing loans 129.71     151.44     524.43     282.02     146.60    
  Net charge-offs/average loans 0.23     0.20     0.17     0.47     0.56    
  Gross non-performing assets/year end assets 1.12     0.81     0.35     1.06     1.34    
  Non-performing loans/year-end loans 1.19     1.05     0.33     0.63     1.36    
 
Balance Sheet Ratios:
  Loans to deposits 98.29% 97.67% 102.76% 100.70% 103.11%
  Average interest-earning assets as a percentage
    of average interest-bearing liabilities

114.26    

113.05    

112.56    

112.30    

111.22    
 
Capital Ratios:
  Average stockholders' equity to average assets 7.6% 7.6% 7.7% 7.9% 7.1%
  Year-end tangible stockholders' equity to assets 7.8     7.2     7.6     7.9     7.8    
  Great Southern Bank:
     Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 10.2     10.1     10.7     11.0     10.8    
     Total risk-based capital ratio 11.5     11.3     11.9     12.3     12.0    
     Tier 1 leverage ratio 8.9     8.3     8.5     9.0     8.6    
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges:(7)
  Including deposit interest 1.55x    1.57x    2.05x    1.95x    2.18x   
  Excluding deposit interest 3.95x    3.29x    5.72x    5.58x    6.45x   
____________________
(1) Net income divided by average total assets.
(2) Net income divided by average stockholders' equity.
(3) Yield on average interest-earning assets less rate on average interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(5) Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus non-interest income.
(6) Non-interest expense less non-interest income divided by average total assets.
(7) In computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges: (a) earnings have been based on income before income taxes and fixed charges, and (b) fixed charges consist of interest and amortization of debt discount and expense including amounts capitalized and the estimated interest portion of rents.

Next Page
53
 

RESTATEMENT OF PREVIOUSLY ISSUED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

             On January 23, 2006, the Company announced that it would restate certain of its historical financial statements for the quarters ended March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005, and September 30, 2005, and years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, and 2001. The restatement of this financial information relates to the correction of prior accounting errors relating to certain interest rate swaps associated with brokered certificates of deposit (CDs).

             The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in certain of its CDs. From the inception of the hedging program in 2000, the Company has applied a method of fair value hedge accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 133 to account for the CD swap transactions that allowed the Company to assume the effectiveness of such transactions (the so-called "short-cut" method). The Company concluded, that the CD swap transactions did not qualify for this method in prior periods because the method to pay the related CD broker placement fee was determined, in retrospect, to have caused the swap to not have a fair value of zero at inception (which is required under SFAS 133 to qualify for the "short-cut" method). Although the impact of applying the alternative "long-haul" method of documentation using SFAS 133 and the results under the "short-cut" method are believed to result in no significant difference in the hedge effectiveness of the majority of these swaps, and management believes these interest rate swaps have been effective as economic hedges, hedge accounting under SFAS 133 is not allowed for the affected periods because the proper hedge documentation was not in place at the inception of the hedge.

             The Company is charged a fee in connection with its acquisition of brokered CDs. For those CDs that were part of the Company's accounting restatement for interest rate swaps in 2005, this fee was not paid separately by the Company to the CD broker, but rather was built in as part of the overall rate on the interest rate swap. In connection with the restatement, the Company determined that this broker fee should be accounted for separately as a prepaid fee at the origination of the brokered CD and amortized into interest expense over the maturity period of the brokered CD. If the Company calls the brokered CD (at par) prior to maturity, the remaining unamortized broker fee is expensed at that time. The remaining unamortized prepaid broker fees related to these brokered CDs (that were subject to the restatement) at December 31, 2006 and 2005, were $4.7 million and $6.5 million, respectively. After December 31, 2005, and for any brokered CDs that do not have a corresponding interest rate swap, the broker fee may be paid separately by the Company to the CD broker, in which case the fee would be amortized into interest expense over the maturity period of the brokered CD. In any instances where the fee was not paid separately by the Company to the CD broker, but rather was built in as part of the overall rate on the interest rate swap, the Company must include this in its assessment of the transaction's qualification for hedge accounting.

             As a result, the financial statements for all affected periods through December 31, 2005, reflect a cumulative charge of approximately $3.4 million (net of income taxes) to account for the interest rate swaps referred to above as if hedge accounting was never applicable to them. In addition, the fiscal year 2005 financial statements include a charge of approximately $5.1 million (net of income taxes), to reflect the same treatment.

             Fair value hedge accounting allows a company to record the change in fair value of the hedged item (in this case, brokered CDs) as an adjustment to income by offsetting the fair value adjustment on the related interest rate swap. Eliminating the application of fair value hedge accounting reverses the fair value adjustments that were made to the brokered CDs. Therefore, while the interest rate swap is recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value, the related hedged items, the brokered CDs, are required to be carried at par. Additionally, the net cash settlement payments received during each of the above periods for these interest rate swaps were reclassified from interest expense on brokered CDs to noninterest income.

Next Page
54
 

             The effects of the change in accounting for certain interest rate swaps on the consolidated balance sheet as of, and income statement for the periods indicated previously, are detailed in the Company's December 31, 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

Forward-looking Statements

             When used in this Annual Report and in future filings by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), in the Company's press releases or other public or shareholder communications, and in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases "will likely result," "are expected to," "will continue," "is anticipated," "estimate," "project," "intends" or similar expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including, among other things, changes in economic conditions in the Company's market area, changes in policies by regulatory agencies, fluctuations in interest rates, the credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and direction of loan delinquencies and charge-offs and changes in estimates of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the Company's ability to access cost-effective funding, demand for loans and deposits in the Company's market area and competition, that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical earnings and those presently anticipated or projected. The Company wishes to advise readers that the factors listed above could affect the Company's financial performance and could cause the Company's actual results for future periods to differ materially from any opinions or statements expressed with respect to future periods in any current statements.

             The Company does not undertake-and specifically declines any obligation-to publicly release the result of any revisions which may be made to any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of such statements or to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events.

Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates

          The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and general practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

              The Company considers that the determination of the allowance for loan losses involves a higher degree of judgment and complexity than its other significant accounting policies. The allowance for loan losses is calculated with the objective of maintaining an allowance level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated loan losses. Management's determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the loan portfolio and other relevant factors. However, this evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates, including, among others, expected default probabilities, loss once loans default, expected commitment usage, the amounts and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, value of collateral, estimated losses, and general amounts for historical loss experience. The process also considers economic conditions, uncertainties in estimating losses and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. All of these factors may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods.

Next Page
55
 

          Additional discussion of the allowance for loan losses is included in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, under the section titled "Item 1. Business - Allowances for Losses on Loans and Foreclosed Assets." Judgments and assumptions used by management in the past have resulted in an overall allowance for loan losses that has been sufficient to absorb estimated loan losses. Inherent in this process is the evaluation of individual significant credit relationships. From time to time certain credit relationships may deteriorate due to payment performance, cash flow of the borrower, value of collateral, or other factors. In these instances, management may have to revise its loss estimates and assumptions for these specific credits due to changing circumstances. In some cases, additional losses may be realized; in other instances, the factors that led to the deterioration may improve or the credit may be refinanced elsewhere and allocated allowances may be released from the particular credit. For the periods included in these financial statements, management's overall methodology for evaluating the allowance for loan losses has not changed significantly.

Stock Split

             All share and per share amounts have been adjusted for the two-for-one stock split in the form of a stock dividend declared in May 2004.

General

             The profitability of the Company and, more specifically, the profitability of its primary subsidiary, Great Southern Bank, depends primarily on its net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income it earns on its loans and investment portfolio, and the interest it pays on interest-bearing liabilities, which consists mainly of interest paid on deposits and borrowings. Net interest income is affected by the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on these balances. When interest-earning assets approximate or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, any positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income.

             In the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company's total loans increased $160.0 million, or 10.6%. As loan demand is affected by a variety of factors, including general economic conditions, and because of the competition we face, we cannot be assured that our loan growth will match or exceed the level of increases achieved in prior years. If economic conditions do not deteriorate, we believe that we are well positioned to continue to originate a substantial amount of loans in our Southwest Missouri market as well as our loan production markets of St. Louis, Kansas City, Central Missouri and Northwest Arkansas. In addition, we may consider other markets in which to establish loan production offices. We expect that the majority of our loan portfolio growth will continue to be in the residential and commercial construction and commercial real estate loan categories. In the year ended December 31, 2006, residential and commercial construction loan balances increased $158 million. In 2006, our new loan production remained strong; however, we experienced the repayment in total of several commercial real estate and residential and commercial construction loans. We expect this trend in production and repayments to continue in 2007, limiting growth in our loan portfolio to an amount that could be below our recent historical average.

             In addition, the level of non-performing loans and foreclosed assets may affect our net interest income and net income. While the Company has not historically had an overall high level of charge-offs on non-performing loans, the Company does not accrue interest income on these loans and does not recognize interest income until the loan is repaid or interest payments have been made for a period of time sufficient to provide evidence of performance on the loan. Generally, the higher the level of non-performing assets, the greater the negative impact on interest income and net income.

Next Page
56
 

             Loan growth continued in our Loan Production Offices (LPO). Many of these loans originated by our LPOs are construction loans where the customer has yet to draw the full line. In the year ended December 31, 2006, the Overland Park, Kansas LPO originated loans totaling $75.1 million with outstanding loan balances of $183.9 million at December 31, 2006. In the year ended December 31, 2006, the Rogers, Arkansas LPO originated loans totaling $75.3 million with outstanding loan balances of $149.9 million at December 31, 2006. In the year ended December 31, 2006, the St. Louis LPO originated loans totaling $193.9 million with outstanding loan balances of $213.0 million at December 31, 2006. The Columbia LPO, which began operating in March 2006 and serves the Columbia, Jefferson City, and Lake of the Ozarks, Mo., region, originated $26.0 million of loans with outstanding loan balances of $40.0 million at December 31, 2006. Approximately two-thirds of the $40.0 million total outstanding balance was originated by lenders in Springfield or the Lake of the Ozarks prior to opening the LPO in Columbia.

             The Company attracts deposit accounts through our retail branch network, correspondent banking and corporate services areas, and brokered deposits. The Company then utilizes these deposit funds, along with FHLBank advances, to meet loan demand from existing and new customers. In the year ended December 31, 2006, total deposit balances increased $153.6 million. Of this total increase, brokered certificate balances increased $123.8 million, customer checking accounts increased $6.0 million and retail certificates of deposit increased $20.4 million. As the generation of increased net interest income is critical to the growth of Great Southern's earnings, the continued ability to attract deposits or generate other funding sources is very important to successful loan growth. There is a high level of competition for deposits in our markets. While it is our goal to gain checking account and certificate of deposit market share in our branch footprint, we cannot be assured of this in future periods.

             Our ability to fund growth in future periods may also be dependent on our ability to continue to access brokered deposits and FHLBank advances. In times when our loan demand has outpaced our generation of new deposits, we have utilized brokered deposits and FHLBank advances to fund these loans. In the year ended December 31, 2006, the outstanding balance of FHLBank advances decreased $24.3 million due to deposit growth and increases in brokered certificates. These types of funding have been attractive to us because we can create variable rate funding which more closely matches the variable rate nature of much of our loan portfolio. While we do not currently anticipate that our ability to access these funding sources will be reduced or eliminated in future periods, if this should happen, the limitation on our ability to fund additional loans would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

             Our net interest income may be affected positively or negatively by market interest rate changes. A large portion of our loan portfolio is tied to the "prime" rate and adjusts immediately when this rate adjusts. We also have a large portion of our liabilities that will reprice with changes to the federal funds rate or the three-month LIBOR rate. We monitor our sensitivity to interest rate changes on an ongoing basis (see "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk"). While we currently believe that neither increases nor decreases in market interest rates will materially adversely impact our net interest income, circumstances could change which may alter that outlook.

             Ongoing changes in the level and shape of the interest rate yield curve pose challenges for interest rate risk management. Beginning in 2001, market interest rates were in a downward trend, settling at historically low levels from late 2003 through early 2004. During this period, Great Southern was able to effectively manage its interest rate risk and maintain its net interest margin at fairly stable levels.

Next Page
57
 

             Beginning in the second half of 2004 and through June 30, 2006, the Board of Governors of the FRB increased short-term interest rates through steady increases in the Federal Funds rate. Other short-term rates, such as LIBOR and short-term U. S. Treasury rates, increased in conjunction with these increases by the FRB. By December 31, 2006, the FRB had raised the Federal Funds rates by 4.25% (from 1.00% in June 2004) and other short-term rates rose by corresponding amounts. However, there was not a parallel shift in the yield curve; intermediate and long-term interest rates did not increase at a corresponding pace. This caused the shape of the interest rate yield curve to become much flatter, which creates different issues for interest rate risk management. In addition, during this period, Great Southern's net interest margin was negatively affected by certain characteristics of some of its loans, deposit mix, loan and deposit pricing by competitors, and timing of interest rate increases by the FRB as compared to interest rate increases in the financial markets. During 2006, Great Southern's net interest margin was fairly stable and improved slightly compared to 2005.

             Generally, the flattening interest rate yield curve has hurt Great Southern's ability to reinvest proceeds from loan and investment repayments at higher rates. The Company's cost of funds has increased faster than its yield on loans and investments in part because of aggressive pricing of deposits by competitors in local markets. Great Southern has increased rates on checking, money market and retail certificate accounts in order to remain competitive, while not leading the market. Great Southern's deposit mix has also led to more rapidly increasing interest rates. The Company has significant balances in high-dollar money market and premium NOW accounts, the owners of which are very rate sensitive and compare these products to other bank and non-bank products available by competing financial services companies. In addition, nearly all of Great Southern's brokered certificates of deposit are subject to interest rate swaps which create variable rate funding based on three-month LIBOR. As the market anticipates rate increases or decreases by the FRB, LIBOR rates tend to increase ahead of the FRB Federal Funds rate increases. The rate earned on the portion of the Company's loan portfolio which is tied to the "prime rate of interest" only increases when the FRB actually increases the Federal Funds rate.

             Margin compression has also occurred in the Company's investment securities portfolio. The Company added securities in 2003 and 2004 to pledge as collateral to secure public funds deposits and customer reverse repurchase agreements. The interest rates paid to these customers has increased consistent with short-term market interest rate increases, while the overall yield on the investment portfolio has not increased as rapidly from December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2006. In 2003 and 2004, the Company earned a greater spread on these securities due to the very low rate environment and the then-steeper interest rate yield curve compared to 2005 and 2006. As borrowing costs have increased, the spread earned on these securities has decreased. The Company has also repositioned some of its investment portfolio over time to shorten the time frame its securities will reprice, resulting in lower interest rate yields currently.

             At December 31, 2006, the Company also had a portfolio of prime-based loans totaling approximately $1.12 billion with rates that change immediately with changes to the prime rate of interest. Of this total, $713 million represented loans which had interest rate floors. These floors were at varying rates, with $305 million of these loans having floor rates of 7.0% or greater and another $312 million of these loans having floor rates between 5.5% and 7.0 %. During 2003 and 2004, the Company's loan portfolio had loans with rate floors that were much lower. However, since market interest rates were also much lower at that time, these loan rate floors went into effect and established a loan rate which was higher than the contractual rate would have otherwise been. This contributed to a loan yield for the entire portfolio which was approximately 139 and 55 basis points higher than the "prime rate of interest" at December 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively. As interest rates rose in the second half of 2004 and throughout 2005 and 2006, these interest rate floors were exceeded and the loans reverted back to their normal contractual interest rate terms. At December 31, 2005, the loan yield for the portfolio was approximately 8 basis points higher than the "prime rate of interest," resulting in lower interest rate margins. At December 31, 2006, the loan portfolio yield was approximately 5 basis points lower than the "prime rate of interest."

Next Page
58
 

             The Company's profitability is also affected by the level of its non-interest income and operating expenses. Non-interest income consists primarily of service charges and ATM fees, commissions earned by our travel, insurance and investment divisions, late charges and prepayment fees on loans, gains on sales of loans and available-for-sale investments and other general operating income. Non-interest income is also affected by the Company's hedging activities. Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and employee benefits, occupancy-related expenses, postage, insurance, advertising and public relations, telephone, professional fees, office expenses and other general operating expenses.

             In the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005, non-interest income increased due to increases in service charges and overdraft fees and increases in commission revenues from our travel, insurance and investment divisions. Fees from service charges and overdrafts will likely increase modestly in 2007 compared to 2006 as we expect that retail checking accounts will grow at a modest pace in 2007. We expect to continue to add checking balances; however, much of this growth is expected to come from additional corporate and correspondent banking relationships which will not generate as much fee income as smaller individual checking accounts. The level of commission revenue is likely to remain above 2006 levels in 2007, assuming no substantial shocks occur in the financial markets or the travel industry. In 2006, the Company completed its acquisitions of a travel company in Lee's Summit, Missouri and a second travel company in Columbia, Missouri. The investment division experienced a decrease in revenues in 2006, primarily related to lower sales of annuity products. One additional item that decreased non-interest income in the year ended December 31, 2005 was the impairment write-down in value of one available-for-sale security, totaling $734,000.

             Non-interest income was also significantly affected by the Company's restatement in 2005 for certain interest rate swaps, which significantly impacted prior period results. Non-interest income decreased $6.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, and increased $1.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of the change in the fair value of certain interest rate swaps. In addition, non-interest income for 2005 was also impacted by the reclassification of the net interest settlements on these swaps from net interest income to non-interest income. While this had no effect on total net income, non-interest income was increased by $3.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. There was no reclassification of net interest settlements in the year ended December 31, 2006.

             In the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005, operating expenses increased primarily in the category of salaries and benefits expense, with smaller increases and decreases in some of the other expense categories such as occupancy and equipment expense, postage, telephone and others. We anticipate that increases will occur again in 2007, at a moderate level, with regard to employee costs and occupancy expenses as we continue to add new banking centers to serve new and existing customers. We anticipate that expense increases in 2007 will be fairly consistent with the expense increases recorded in 2006. Employee costs and occupancy expenses may increase as we have added new banking centers in Southwest Missouri to serve new and existing customers and support growth in lending and operational areas. In the third quarter of 2006, we opened our first full-service banking center location in Lee's Summit, Missouri, in the Kansas City market. In addition, in 2006, we opened a loan production office in Columbia, Missouri, to serve new and existing customers in the central Missouri area. We anticipate that lending opportunities will continue to increase in our existing loan production offices in St. Louis, Kansas City, Columbia and Northwest Arkansas and we will increase staffing as needed in these offices to meet demand for commercial and residential loans.

Next Page
59
 

             The operations of the Bank, and banking institutions in general, are significantly influenced by general economic conditions and related monetary and fiscal policies of regulatory agencies. Deposit flows and the cost of deposits and borrowings are influenced by interest rates on competing investments and general market rates of interest. Lending activities are affected by the demand for financing real estate and other types of loans, which in turn are affected by the interest rates at which such financing may be offered and other factors affecting loan demand and the availability of funds.

             In the third quarter of 2006, the Company expanded its retail banking center network from 35 to 37 offices. Great Southern opened a banking center in Lee's Summit, Mo., a growing Kansas City-area community. This banking center marks the Company's first retail banking presence in the region and complements services already provided in the area: a Great Southern Travel office in Lee's Summit and an Overland Park, Kan.-based loan production office serving the metropolitan Kansas City market. The Company also opened a banking center near Springfield in Ozark, Mo., the second Great Southern location in this growing southwest Missouri community. Great Southern expects to open two to three new banking centers annually over the next few years.

Effect of Federal Laws and Regulations

             Federal legislation and regulation significantly affect the banking operations of the Company and the Bank, and have increased competition among commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking enterprises and other financial institutions. In particular, the capital requirements and operations of regulated depository institutions such as the Company and the Bank have been and will be subject to changes in applicable statutes and regulations from time to time, which changes could, under certain circumstances, adversely affect the Company or the Bank.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

             In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109 - Accounting for Income Taxes. This interpretation addresses accounting for tax uncertainties that arise when a position that an entity takes on its tax return may be different from the position that the taxing authority may take, and provides guidance about the accounting for tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions, classification of a liability recognized for those positions, and interim reporting considerations. This Interpretation requires that the Company recognize in its financial statements, the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of the Company's 2007 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings. The Company currently does not believe that the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Next Page
60
 

             Related to FIN 48, the FASB recently published for comment proposed FASB Staff Position No. FIN 48-a (FSP FIN 48-a). FSP FIN 48-a provides guidance on how a Company should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. If adopted, proposed FSP FIN 48-a would be effective as of the same dates as FIN 48.

             In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments -- an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140. SFAS No. 155 permits fair value re-measurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of Statement 133, establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation, and clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives. SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

             In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets. SFAS No. 156 amends SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, and specifies the accounting for certain servicing assets and liabilities, such as those common to mortgage servicing activities. SFAS No. 156 requires an entity to separately recognize servicing assets and servicing liabilities and to initially measure these servicing assets and servicing liabilities at fair value at inception. It also permits an entity with a separately recognized servicing asset or servicing liability to choose either the amortization method or fair value method for subsequent measurement. Adoption of SFAS No. 156 is required for transactions occurring in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

             In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosure related to the use of fair value measures in financial statements. This Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, and does not expand the use of fair value measures in financial statements, but standardizes its definition and guidance in generally accepted accounting principles. SFAS No. 157 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement based on an exchange transaction between market participants in which an entity sells an asset or transfers a liability. SFAS No. 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy from observable market data as the highest level to fair value based on an entity's own fair value assumptions as the lowest level. The Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating this Statement to determine the impact, if any, on certain of its financial assets and liabilities.

             In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans - An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132R. SFAS No. 158 requires an entity to recognize in its statement of financial position the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan and to recognize changes in the funded status in the year which the change occurs through other comprehensive income, net of tax. This statement also requires an employer to recognize all transactions and events affecting the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in comprehensive income in the year in which they occur. SFAS No. 158 only applies to single-employer defined benefit plans; the Company participates in a multi-employer defined benefit pension plan. Therefore, the requirements of SFAS No. 158 will not affect the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

             In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. SAB No. 108 was issued to provide guidance on how the effects of prior year uncorrected misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements. SAB No. 108 requires an entity to quantify misstatements using both a balance sheet and an income statement approach and to evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying an error that is material in light of the relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. SAB No. 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. The adoption of this standard had no impact on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company in 2006.

Next Page
61
 

             In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. SFAS No. 159 provides companies with the option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Under the option, any changes in fair value would be included in earnings. This Statement seeks to reduce both complexity in accounting and volatility in earnings caused by differences in the existing accounting rules. Existing accounting principles use different measurement attributes for different assets and liabilities, which can lead to earnings volatility. SFAS NO. 159 helps to mitigate this type of accounting-induced volatility by enabling companies to achieve a more consistent accounting for changes in the fair value of related assets and liabilities without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. Under this Statement, entities may measure at fair value financial assets and liabilities selected on a contract-by-contract basis. They would be required to display those values separately from those measured under different attributes on the face of the statement of financial condition. Furthermore, companies must provide additional information that would help investors and other users of financial statements to more easily understand the effect on earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with earlier application permitted if the Company makes this election for its first fiscal quarter in the 2007 fiscal year. If the Company adopts SFAS No. 159 early, it must also adopt SFAS No. 157 simultaneously. The Company is currently assessing whether it will elect to use the fair value option on certain of its financial assets and liabilities.

             In January 2007, the FASB issued an exposure draft - Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This exposure draft would amend and expand the disclosure requirements in SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities. The FASB issued this proposed Statement to address concerns that the existing disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and related hedged items do not provide adequate information on the effect that derivative activities have on an entity's overall consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Specific disclosure requirements are outlined in the proposed Statement. At this time, the FASB has not adopted the final Statement. The Company continues to monitor the exposure draft to determine the impact, if any, on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005

              During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company increased total assets by $159.2 million to $2.24 billion. Net loans increased by $160.0 million. The main loan areas experiencing increases were commercial and residential construction and commercial business loans. The Company's strategy continues to be focused on growing the loan portfolio, while maintaining credit risk and interest rate risk at appropriate levels. For many years, the Company has developed a niche in commercial real estate and construction lending in Southwest Missouri. Great Southern's strategy is to continue to build on this competency in Southwest Missouri and in other geographic areas through the Company's loan production offices. Available-for-sale investment securities decreased by $25.1 million, primarily due to normal monthly principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities and called securities that were not replaced. While there is no specifically stated goal, the available-for-sale securities portfolio has recently been approximately 15% to 20% of total assets. The available-for-sale securities portfolio was 15.4% and 17.7% of total assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents increased $15.4 million, primarily due to larger cash letter settlements between the Company and other banks at December 31, 2006. Foreclosed assets increased $4.2 million, primarily due to the foreclosure of one loan relationship in the amount of $3.1 million.

Next Page
62
 

             Total liabilities increased $136.4 million from December 31, 2005 to $2.06 billion at December 31, 2006. Deposits increased $153.6 million. Partially offsetting this increase, FHLBank advances decreased $24.3 million and short-term borrowings decreased $12.6 million. The decrease in short-term borrowings was the result of decreases in securities sold under repurchase agreements with Bank customers. FHLBank advances decreased from $203.4 million at December 31, 2005, to $179.2 million at December 31, 2006. The level of FHLBank advances will fluctuate depending on growth in the Company's loan portfolio and other funding needs and sources of the Company. Retail certificates of deposit increased $20.4 million, to $396.7 million. Total brokered deposits were $708.2 million at December 31, 2006, up from $584.4 million at December 31, 2005. Interest-bearing checking balances decreased $6.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, to $390.2 million. Non-interest-bearing checking balances increased $13.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, to $205.2 million. Checking account balances totaled $595.3 million at December 31, 2006, up from $589.3 million at December 31, 2005. Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust increased $8.0 million as a result of the Company's decision to redeem the $17.8 million of debentures issued in 2001 and replace them with a new issue of $25.8 million of debentures in 2006.

             Stockholders' equity increased $22.8 million from $152.8 million at December 31, 2005 to $175.6 million at December 31, 2006. Net income for fiscal year 2006 was $30.7 million and accumulated other comprehensive income increased $2.2 million, partially offset by dividends declared of $8.2 million and net repurchases of the Company's common stock of $1.9 million. In 2006, the Company repurchased 135,028 shares of its common stock at an average price of $27.56 per share and reissued 89,192 shares of Company stock at an average price of $14.25 per share to cover stock option exercises.

             In 2006, the Company was not aggressively buying back shares of its stock, choosing instead to utilize its capital to support growth in the loan portfolio. Management intends to continue to buy stock back from time to time as long as management believes that repurchasing the stock contributes to the overall growth of shareholder value. The timing of repurchases, number of shares of stock that will be repurchased and the price that will be paid is the result of many factors, several of which are outside the control of the Company. The primary factors, however, are the number of shares available in the market from sellers at any given time, the price of the stock within the market as determined by the market, and the projected impact on the Company's earnings per share.

Results of Operations and Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005

General

             Including the effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and accounting change for interest rate swaps in 2005, net income increased $8.1 million, or 35.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to an increase in net interest income of $10.8 million, or 18.5%, and an increase in non-interest income of $8.1 million, or 37.4%, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense of $4.6 million, or 10.4%, an increase in provision for income taxes of $4.8 million, or 52.9%, and an increase in provision for loan losses of $1.4 million, or 35.4%.

             Excluding the effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and accounting change for interest rate swaps in 2005, net income increased $3.0 million, or 10.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to an increase in net interest income of $8.0 million, or 12.7%, and an increase in non-interest income of $3.0 million, or 12.2%, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense of $4.6 million, or 10.4%, an increase in provision for income taxes of $2.0 million, or 17.3%, and an increase in provision for loan losses of $1.4 million, or 35.4%. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a discussion of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps in 2005.

Next Page
63
 

Selected Financial Data and Non-GAAP Reconciliation
  (Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2006
As Reported Effect of
Hedge Accounting
Entries Recorded
Excluding
Hedge Accounting
Entries Recorded
 
Net interest income $69,227 $(1,777) $71,004
Provision for loan losses 5,450 ---  5,450
Non-interest income 29,632 1,853  27,779
Non-interest expense 48,807 ---  48,807
Provision for income taxes 13,859
(27)
13,832
      Net income $30,743 $       49  $30,694


Year Ended December 31, 2005
As Reported Effect of
Accounting Change
for Interest Rate
Swaps
Excluding
Accounting Change
for Interest Rate
Swaps
 
Net interest income $58,398 $(4,602) $63,000
Provision for loan losses 4,025 ---  4,025
Non-interest income 21,559 (3,192) 24,751
Non-interest expense 44,198 ---  44,198
Provision for income taxes 9,063
2,728
11,791
      Net income $22,671 $ (5,066) $27,737

Year Ended December 31,
2006
2005
Dollars
Earnings Per
Diluted Share
Dollars
Earnings Per
Diluted Share
 
Reported Earnings $30,743 $2.22  $22,671 $1.63
 
Amortization of deposit broker
  origination fees (net of taxes)

1,155

.08 

776

.05
 
Net change in fair value of interest
 rate swaps and related deposits
 (net of taxes)


(1,204)


(.08)


4,290


.31
 
Earnings excluding impact
  of hedge accounting entries (2006)/
  accounting change for interest rate
  swaps (2005)



$30,694



$2.22



$27,737



$1.99

             The information presented in the tables above and elsewhere in this report excluding hedge accounting entries recorded (for the 2006 period) and excluding the effect of the accounting change for interest rate swaps (for the 2005 period) is not prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP"). The Company believes that this non-GAAP financial information may be useful to investors because the Company believes that the exclusion of these items from the specified components of net income better reflect the Company's underlying operating results during the periods indicated. The tables above contain reconciliations of this information to the reported information prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Next Page
64
 

Total Interest Income

             Total interest income increased $35.6 million, or 31.1%, during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase was due to a $35.0 million, or 35.6%, increase in interest income on loans and a $621,000, or 3.8%, increase in interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets. Interest income for both loans and investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased due to higher average rates of interest. Interest income for loans also increased due to higher average balances while investment securities and other interest-earning assets experienced lower average balances.

Interest Income - Loans

             During the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to December 31, 2005, interest income on loans increased due to higher average balances and higher average interest rates. Interest income increased $14.1 million as the result of higher average loan balances from $1.46 billion during the year ended December 31, 2005 to $1.65 billion during the year ended December 31, 2006. The higher average balance resulted principally from the Bank's increased commercial and residential construction lending, commercial business lending, consumer lending and financing of industrial revenue bonds. The Bank's commercial real estate and one- to four-family residential loan balances experienced little change, while multi-family residential loan balances decreased during 2006.

             Interest income on loans increased $20.8 million as the result of higher average interest rates. The average yield on loans increased from 6.73% during the year ended December 31, 2005, to 8.05% during the year ended December 31, 2006. Loan rates were generally lower in 2005 than in 2006, as a result of market rates of interest, primarily the "prime rate" of interest. During 2005 and through the first half of 2006, market interest rates increased substantially, with the "prime rate" of interest increasing 2.00% during 2005 and another 1.00% in 2006. A large portion of the Bank's loan portfolio adjusts with changes to the "prime rate" of interest. The Company has a portfolio of prime-based loans which have interest rate floors. Prior to 2005, many of these loan rate floors were in effect and established a loan rate which was higher than the contractual rate would have otherwise been. During 2005 and 2006, as market interest rates rose, many of these interest rate floors were exceeded and the loans reverted back to their normal contractual interest rate terms. In the year ended December 31, 2006, the average yield on loans was 8.05% versus an average prime rate for the period of 7.96%, or a difference of 9 basis points. In the year ended December 31, 2005, the average yield on loans was 6.73% versus an average prime rate for the period of 6.19%, or a difference of 54 basis points.

Interest Income - Investments and Other Interest-earning Deposits

             Interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets increased mainly as a result of higher average rates of interest during the year ended December 31, 2006, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. Interest income increased by $1.4 million as a result of an increase in average interest rates from 3.99% during the year ended December 31, 2005, to 4.39% during the year ended December 31, 2006. In 2005 and 2006, as principal balances on mortgage-backed securities were paid down through prepayments and normal amortization, the Company replaced a large portion of these securities with variable-rate mortgage-backed securities (primarily one-year and hybrid ARMs) which had a lower yield at the time of purchase relative to the fixed-rate securities remaining in the portfolio. As these securities reach interest rate reset dates, their rates should increase along with market interest rate increases. Approximately $55-60 million will have interest rate resets at some time in 2007, with the currently projected weighted average coupon rate increasing approximately 1.25%. The actual amount of securities that will reprice and the actual interest rate changes on these securities is subject to the level of prepayments on these securities and the changes that actually occur in market interest rates (primarily treasury rates and LIBOR rates). The Company has total variable-rate mortgage-backed securities of approximately $121 million at December 31, 2006. In addition, the Company also increased its portfolio of tax-exempt securities issued by states and municipalities over the past two years from $34 million at December 31, 2004 to $52 million at December 31, 2006. These securities generally have coupon yields that are comparable to the variable-rate mortgage-backed securities that the Company purchased; however, the tax-equivalent yield is higher. Interest income decreased $789,000 as a result of a decrease in average balances from $410 million during the year ended December 31, 2005, to $387 million during the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily in available-for-sale securities, where securities in excess of those needed for liquidity and pledging to deposit accounts under repurchase agreements were not replaced.

Next Page
65
 

Total Interest Expense

              Including the effects of the Company's accounting change in 2005 for certain interest rate swaps, total interest expense increased $24.8 million, or 44.1%, during the year ended December 31, 2006, when compared with the year ended December 31, 2005, primarily due to an increase in interest expense on deposits of $23.5 million, or 55.5%, an increase in interest expense on FHLBank advances of $265,000, or 3.4%, an increase in interest expense on short-term borrowings of $679,000, or 13.7%, and an increase in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust of $349,000, or 35.4%.

             Excluding the effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and accounting change in 2005 for certain interest rate swaps, economically, total interest expense increased $27.6 million, or 53.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2006, when compared with the year ended December 31, 2005, primarily due to an increase in interest expense on deposits of $26.3 million, or 69.8%, an increase in interest expense on FHLBank advances of $265,000, or 3.4%, an increase in interest expense on short-term borrowings of $679,000, or 13.7%, and an increase in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust of $349,000, or 35.4%. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a discussion of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps in 2005.

Interest Expense - Deposits

             Including the effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and accounting change in 2005 for certain interest rate swaps, interest on demand deposits increased $3.7 million due to an increase in average rates from 2.12% during the year ended December 31, 2005, to 3.01% during the year ended December 31, 2006. The average interest rates increased due to higher overall market rates of interest in 2006. Market rates of interest on checking and money market accounts began to increase in the latter half of 2004 and throughout 2005 and 2006 as the FRB raised short-term interest rates. The Company's interest-bearing checking balances have grown in the past several years through increased relationships with correspondent, corporate and retail customers. Average interest-bearing demand balances were $421 million, $382 million and $382 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Average non-interest bearing demand balances were $189 million, $170 million and $138 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Next Page
66
 

             Interest expense on deposits increased $12.7 million as a result of an increase in average rates of interest on time deposits from 3.84% during the year ended December 31, 2005, to 5.12% during the year ended December 31, 2006, and increased $6.2 million due to an increase in average balances of time deposits from $891 million during the year ended December 31, 2005, to $1.036 billion during the year ended December 31, 2006. The average interest rates increased due to higher overall market rates of interest throughout 2006. As certificates of deposit matured in 2006, they were generally replaced with certificates bearing a higher rate of interest. Market rates of interest on new certificates began to increase in the latter half of 2004 and throughout 2005 and 2006 as the FRB started raising short-term interest rates. In 2005 and 2006, the Company increased its balances of brokered certificates of deposit to fund a portion of its loan growth. In addition, the Company's interest rate swaps are repricing to higher rates in conjunction with the increases in market interest rates, specifically LIBOR.

             The effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and accounting change for interest rate swaps in 2005 did not impact interest on demand deposits.

             Excluding the effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and accounting change in 2005 for certain interest rate swaps, economically, interest expense on deposits increased $16.3 million as a result of an increase in average rates of interest on time deposits from 3.32% during the year ended December 31, 2005, to 4.95% during the year ended December 31, 2006, and increased $5.4 million due to an increase in average balances of time deposits from $891 million during the year ended December 31, 2005, to $1.036 billion during the year ended December 31, 2006. The average interest rates increased due to higher overall market rates of interest throughout 2006. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a discussion of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps in 2005.

Interest Expense - FHLBank Advances, Short-term Borrowings and Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trust

             Interest expense on FHLBank advances increased $1.2 million due to an increase in average interest rates from 3.86% during the year ended December 31, 2005, to 4.51% during the year ended December 31, 2006. Partially offsetting this increase, average balances on FHLBank advances decreased from $204 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, to $180 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, resulting in decreased interest expense of $962,000. The Company elected to utilize other forms of alternative funding (primarily brokered CDs) during 2006.

             Interest expense on short-term borrowings increased $1.3 million due to an increase in average interest rates from 3.15% in the year ended December 31, 2005, to 4.36% in the year ended December 31, 2006. Partially offsetting this increase, average balances on short-term borrowings decreased from $158 million during the year ended December 31, 2005, to $130 million during the year ended December 31, 2006, resulting in decreased interest expense of $591,000. The decrease in balances of short-term borrowings was primarily due to decreases in securities sold under repurchase agreements with Great Southern's corporate customers. The average interest rates increased due to higher overall market rates of interest in 2006. Market rates of interest on short-term borrowings have increased since the middle of 2004 as the Federal Reserve Board began raising short-term interest rates.

             Interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust increased primarily due to increases in average rates from 5.39% in the year ended December 31, 2005, to 7.12% in the year ended December 31, 2006. The average rate on these subordinated debentures increased significantly in 2006 as these liabilities were subject to an interest rate swap that requires the Company to pay a variable rate of interest that is indexed to LIBOR. In November 2006, the Company redeemed its trust preferred debentures which were issued in 2001 and replaced them with new trust preferred debentures. These new debentures are not subject to an interest rate swap; however, they are variable-rate debentures and bear interest at a rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.60%, adjusting quarterly.

Next Page
67
 

Net Interest Income

             Including the effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and accounting change in 2005 for certain interest rate swaps, the Company's overall interest rate spread increased 10 basis points, or 3.7%, from 2.73% during the year ended December 31, 2005, to 2.83% during the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was due to a 124 basis point increase in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, partially offset by a 114 basis point increase in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities. The Company's overall net interest margin increased 26 basis points, or 8.3%, from 3.13% for the year ended December 31, 2005, to 3.39% for the year ended December 31, 2006. In comparing the two years, the yield on loans increased 132 basis points while the yield on investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased 40 basis points. The rate paid on deposits increased 119 basis points, the rate paid on FHLBank advances increased 65 basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings increased 121 basis points, and the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust increased 173 basis points. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a discussion of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps in 2005.

             The prime rate of interest averaged 7.96% during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared to an average of 6.19% during the year ended December 31, 2005. The prime rate began to increase in the second half of 2004 and throughout 2005 and 2006 as the FRB began to raise short-term interest rates, and stood at 8.25% at December 31, 2006. Over half of the Bank's loans were tied to prime at December 31, 2006.

             Interest rates paid on deposits, FHLBank advances and other borrowings increased significantly in 2006 compared to 2005. Interest costs on these liabilities increased in the latter half of 2004 and all of 2005 and 2006 as a result of rising short-term market interest rates, primarily increases by the FRB and increases in LIBOR. The Company continues to utilize interest rate swaps and FHLBank advances that reprice frequently to manage overall interest rate risk. See "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" for additional information on the Company's interest rate risk management.

             Excluding the effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and accounting change in 2005 for certain interest rate swaps, economically, the Company's overall interest rate spread decreased 8 basis points, or 2.7%, from 3.01% during the year ended December 31, 2005, to 2.93% during the year ended December 31, 2006. The decrease was due to a 132 basis point increase in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 124 basis point increase in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets. The Company's overall net interest margin increased 11 basis points, or 3.3%, from 3.37% for the year ended December 31, 2005, to 3.48% for the year ended December 31, 2006. In comparing the two years, the yield on loans increased 132 basis points while the yield on investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased 40 basis points. The rate paid on deposits increased 143 basis points, the rate paid on FHLBank advances increased 65 basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings increased 121 basis points, and the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust increased 173 basis points.

Next Page
68
 

Non-GAAP Reconciliation:
(Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31
2006
2005
$
%
$
%
 
Reported Net Interest Margin $69,227 3.39% $58,398 3.13%
 
Amortization of deposit broker
  origination fees

1,777

.09    

1,194

.06    
 
Interest rate swap net settlements ---
---    
3,408
.18    
 
Net interest margin excluding
  impact of hedge accounting entries

$71,004

3.48%

$63,000

3.37%

             For additional information on net interest income components, refer to "Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields" table in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This table is prepared including the impact of the accounting changes for interest rate swaps.

Provision for Loan Losses and Allowance for Loan Losses

             The provision for loan losses was $5.5 million and $4.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. The allowance for loan losses increased $1.7 million, or 7.0%, to $26.3 million at December 31, 2006 compared to $24.5 million at December 31, 2005. Net charge-offs were $3.7 million in 2006 versus $3.0 million in 2005.

             Management records a provision for loan losses in an amount it believes sufficient to result in an allowance for loan losses that will cover current net charge-offs as well as risks believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio of the Bank. The amount of provision charged against current income is based on several factors, including, but not limited to, past loss experience, current portfolio mix, actual and potential losses identified in the loan portfolio, economic conditions, regular reviews by internal staff and regulatory examinations.

             Weak economic conditions, higher inflation or interest rates, or other factors may lead to increased losses in the portfolio. Management has established various controls in an attempt to limit future losses, such as a watch list of possible problem loans, documented loan administration policies and a loan review staff to review the quality and anticipated collectibility of the portfolio. Management determines which loans are potentially uncollectible, or represent a greater risk of loss and makes additional provisions to expense, if necessary, to maintain the allowance at a satisfactory level.

             The Bank's allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.54% and 1.59% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover losses inherent in the Company's loan portfolio at this time, based on current economic conditions. If economic conditions deteriorate significantly, it is possible that additional assets would be classified as non-performing, and accordingly, an additional provision for losses would be required, thereby adversely affecting future results of operations and financial condition.

Next Page
69
 

Non-performing Assets

             As a result of continued growth in the loan portfolio, changes in portfolio mix, changes in economic and market conditions that occur from time to time, and other factors specific to a borrower's circumstances, the level of non-performing assets will fluctuate. Non-performing assets at December 31, 2006, were $25.0 million, up $8.2 million from December 31, 2005. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were 1.12% at December 31, 2006. Compared to December 31, 2005, non-performing loans increased $4.0 million to $20.2 million while foreclosed assets increased $4.2 million to $4.8 million. Commercial real estate, construction and business loans comprised $18.7 million, or 92%, of the total $20.2 million of non-performing loans at December 31, 2006. Commercial real estate, construction and business loans historically comprise the majority of non-performing loans.

             Non-performing Loans. Compared to December 31, 2005, non-performing loans increased $4.0 million to $20.2 million. Non-performing loans increased primarily as a result of the addition of two unrelated loan relationships to the non-performing category since December 31, 2005. In addition, two other relationships that were included in the non-performing loans category at December 31, 2005, were increased due to the transfer of additional loan balances from the potential problem loans category during 2006. These increases were partially offset by the reduction of several loan relationships that were included in the non-performing category at December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, the six significant relationships remaining in the non-performing category described below accounted for $16.0 million of the non-performing loan total.

              The two relationships that were added to the non-performing category during 2006 included a $3.1 million relationship and a $1.0 million relationship. The $3.1 million relationship was placed in the non-performing loans category during the quarter ended March 31, 2006. At December 31, 2005, this relationship was included in the Potential Problem Loans category and was described there in the December 31, 2005, Annual Report on Form 10-K. This relationship is primarily secured by a motel located in the State of Illinois. The motel is operating and is currently offered for sale. The borrower is currently making partial payments monthly to the Bank. In addition, the Small Business Administration has a significant loan, which is subordinated to the Bank's position, on this same collateral. The $1.0 million loan relationship was placed in the non-performing loans category during the quarter ended June 30, 2006. This relationship is primarily secured by subdivision lots, houses under construction and commercial real estate lots in the Lake of the Ozarks, Missouri, area.

              The two relationships that were increased in the non-performing category during 2006 included a $5.2 million relationship and a $5.1 million relationship. The $5.2 million relationship was included in non-performing loans as $3.7 million at December 31, 2005; $1.5 million was added to the non-performing loans category from the potential problem loans category during the three months ended June 30, 2006. The $3.7 million portion of this relationship is secured by a nursing home in Missouri that has had cash flow problems. The additional $1.5 million is secured by a second nursing home in the Springfield, Missouri, area. This second nursing home has performed satisfactorily; however, due to the performance issues of the other property, the entire relationship has now been categorized as non-performing. The $5.1 million relationship was discussed in the December 31, 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K, where $1.5 million was included in the non-performing loans category and $6.2 million was included in the potential problem loans category. This relationship is secured by commercial real estate, vacant land, developed and undeveloped residential subdivisions, houses under construction and houses used as rental property. The Company determined that the transfer of the potential problem loans portion of the relationship to the non-performing loans category was warranted due to continued deterioration of payment performance. During the three months ended March 31, 2006, the Company recorded a charge-off of $283,000 on this relationship. In addition, during 2006, the borrower sold some of the commercial real estate, houses and subdivision lots. The proceeds of these sales were used to reduce loan balances.

Next Page
70
 

             Two additional unrelated credit relationships were included in non-performing loan totals at December 31, 2005, and remain non-performing loans at December 31, 2006. The first relationship totaled $686,000 at December 31, 2006 and is secured primarily by a mobile home park in the Kansas City, Missouri, metropolitan area and other commercial real estate collateral. During the three months ended December 31, 2006, the Company recorded a charge-off of $190,000 on this relationship. The second relationship totaled $888,000 at December 31, 2006, and is secured primarily by commercial and residential real estate collateral in Missouri. At December 31, 2005, this relationship totaled $2.0 million and was also secured by an automobile dealership. During 2006, the borrower sold the automobile dealership. This sale reduced the relationship balance by approximately $1.0 million.

             Four other unrelated relationships that were included in non-performing assets at December 31, 2005, were repaid during 2006. These four relationships were: a $640,000 relationship secured by several single-family houses that were completed or under construction in Northwest Arkansas; a $993,000 relationship secured by the receivables, inventory, equipment and other business assets of a home building materials company in Springfield, Missouri; a $1.5 million relationship secured by commercial real estate and equipment of two restaurants; and a $649,000 relationship secured by a motel near Branson, Missouri and additional commercial real estate collateral.

              Two other significant unrelated relationships were both added to, and removed from, the non-performing category during 2006. A $3.1 million loan relationship was placed in the non-performing loans category during the quarter ended September 30, 2006. This relationship was primarily secured by a townhome/apartment development in the Kansas City, Mo., area. During the quarter ended December 31, 2006, this relationship was transferred to foreclosed assets. Subsequent to December 31, 2006, the Company entered into a contract to sell this property for the carrying value of the foreclosed asset, with a closing scheduled in March 2007. A $1.8 million loan relationship was also placed in the non-performing loans category during the quarter ended September 30, 2006. This relationship was primarily secured by a motel in Branson, Mo. Prior to December 31, 2006, this loan was refinanced at another institution and the principal balance was repaid.

             Foreclosed Assets. Of the total $4.8 million of foreclosed assets at December 31, 2006, foreclosed real estate totaled $4.5 million and repossessed automobiles, boats and other personal property totaled $271,000. At December 31, 2006, the Company's only significant foreclosed real estate asset was the $3.1 million property discussed above.

             Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans decreased $4.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 from $18.4 million at December 31, 2005 to $13.6 million at December 31, 2006. Potential problem loans are loans which management has identified through routine internal review procedures as having possible credit problems that may cause the borrowers difficulty in complying with current repayment terms. These loans are not reflected in non-performing assets. During the year ended December 31, 2006, potential problem loans decreased primarily due to the transfer to the non-performing loan category portions of four unrelated loan relationships, partially offset by the addition of two significant unrelated loan relationships and other smaller unrelated relationships. At December 31, 2006, three large unrelated relationships made up a large portion of the potential problem loan category. The first relationship totaled $3.3 million and is secured primarily by a retail center, developed and undeveloped residential subdivisions, and single-family houses being constructed for resale in the Springfield, Missouri, area. The second relationship totaled $2.7 million and is secured primarily by a motel in the State of Florida. The motel is operating but payment performance has been slow at times. The third relationship totaled $1.0 million (with an additional $5.1 million included in Non-performing Loans) and is secured primarily by vacant land, developed and undeveloped residential subdivisions, and single-family houses used as rental property in the Branson, Missouri, area. At December 31, 2006, these three significant relationships described above accounted for $7.0 million of the potential problem loan total.

Next Page
71
 

Non-interest Income

              Including the effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and restatement in 2005 for certain interest rate swaps, non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $29.6 million compared with $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The $8.1 million increase in non-interest income is primarily attributable to the effects of the accounting change for interest rate swaps on the prior period results. Non-interest income decreased $6.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, and increased $1.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of the change in the fair value of certain interest rate swaps. In addition, non-interest income for 2005 was also impacted by the reclassification of the net interest settlements on these swaps from net interest income to non-interest income. While this had no effect on total net income, non-interest income was increased by $3.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2005. There was no reclassification of net interest settlements in the year ended December 31, 2006.

              Full year 2006 income from commissions from the Company's travel, insurance and investment divisions increased $440,000, or 5.0%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. In January 2006, the Company completed its acquisition of a travel company in Lee's Summit, Missouri. During the quarter ended September 30, 2006, the Company completed its acquisition of a second travel company in Columbia, Missouri. The operations of these travel companies are now included in the operating results of the Company. The decrease in revenues in the investment division in the 2006 period is primarily related to lower sales of annuity products. Service charges on deposit accounts and ATM fees increased $1.3 million, or 9.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. In 2006 the Company increased some of its per-item charges on certain account activities. In addition, a portion of the fee increase is attributed to growth in accounts to which charges may apply. Other income increased $451,000 in 2006 compared to 2005 due to the net benefit realized on federal historic tax credits utilized by the Company in 2006. The Company expects to utilize federal historic tax credits in the future; however, the timing and amount of these credits will vary depending upon availability of the credits and ability of the Company to utilize the credits.

              One additional item that decreased non-interest income in the year ended December 31, 2005 was the impairment write-down in value of one available-for-sale government preferred stock agency security. This write-down totaled $734,000 in 2005. This security has a dividend rate that resets to a market index every 24 months. The security has had an unrealized loss that was recorded directly to equity prior to December 31, 2005, so the write-down did not affect total equity. During 2006, the fair value of the security has recovered some of the decline in value. This unrealized gain is being recorded directly to equity. The Company has the ability to continue to hold this security in its portfolio for the foreseeable future and believes that the fair value of this security may recover further in future periods, particularly as the next dividend rate reset date approaches.

             Excluding the effects of the Company's hedge accounting entries recorded in 2006 and restatement for interest rate swaps in 2005, economically, total non-interest income increased $3.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2006 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2005. The increases and decreases are the same as those stated above except that the interest rate swap net settlements would have been included in interest expense and the change in fair value of the interest rate swaps would have been recorded as an increase or decrease to the related brokered certificates of deposit. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a discussion of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps in 2005.

Next Page
72
 

Non-Interest Expense

              Total non-interest expense increased $4.6 million, or 10.4%, from $44.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to $48.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2006. The increase was primarily due to: (i) an increase of $2.9 million, or 11.6%, in salaries and employee benefits and (ii) smaller increases and decreases in other non-interest expense areas, such as occupancy and equipment expense, postage, advertising, insurance, telephone, legal and professional fees, and bank charges and fees related to additional correspondent relationships. The Company's efficiency ratio for the year ended December 31, 2006, was 49.37% compared to 55.28% in 2005. These efficiency ratios include the impact of the accounting change for certain interest rate swaps. Excluding the effects of accounting for interest rate swaps, the efficiency ratio for the full year 2006 was 49.41% compared to 50.37% in 2005. The Company's ratio of non-interest expense to average assets has remained very constant over these recent periods at approximately 2.20%.

              In addition to the expenses discussed above, during the three months ended December 31, 2006, the Company redeemed the 9.0% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities of Great Southern Capital Trust I. As a result of the redemption of the Trust I Securities, and as previously reported, approximately $783,000 ($510,000 after tax) of related unamortized issuance costs was written off as a noncash expense in the fourth quarter of 2006.

              The Company's increase in non-interest expense in 2006 compared to 2005 related to the continued growth of the Company. During the latter half of 2005, Great Southern completed its acquisition of three bank branches in central Missouri, acquired a Columbia, Mo.-based travel agency, and opened a banking center in Republic, Mo. In the first half of 2006, Great Southern acquired a travel agency in Lee's Summit, Mo., and established a new loan production office in Columbia, Mo. In September 2006, Great Southern opened new banking centers in Lee's Summit, Mo. and Ozark, Mo. As a result, in the year ended December 31, 2006, compared to the year ended December 31, 2005, non-interest expenses increased $1.8 million related to the ongoing operations of these new offices. In addition to these acquisitions and new offices, the Company expanded the loan production offices in St. Louis and Rogers, Ark., and added lending and lending support personnel in the Springfield market.

              Consistent with many other employers, the cost of health insurance premiums and other benefits for the Company continues to rise and added $546,000 in expenses in 2006 compared to 2005. Effective July 1, 2006, the Company reduced the benefits which may be earned by current employees in future periods under the Company's multi-employer defined benefit pension plan. In addition, employees hired after June 30, 2006, will not accrue any benefits under this plan. During the quarter ended December 31, 2006, the Company received an updated expense projection for its pension plan (which was modified by the Company effective July 1, 2006). This update indicated that benefit accruals for the 2006-2007 plan year have decreased. The Company recorded a corresponding reduction to expense of $222,000 in the fourth quarter of 2006. The Company expects that expenses related to the pension plan will continue to be lower in 2007 than they were in 2006. The Company also made changes to other benefits in 2006. These changes resulted in non-recurring net decreases to accrued expenses of $147,000 in the three months ended December 31, 2006. The savings achieved by taking these steps may be offset by other expenses associated with this plan, including, without limitation, additional Company contributions that may be necessary from time to time to ensure the plan is adequately funded and by a planned increase in the matching portion of the Company's 401(k) plan for all eligible participants.

Next Page
73
 

              As a result of the adoption of FAS 123(R) effective January 1, 2006, during the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company also recorded expenses of $480,000, or $.03 per diluted share, related to the cost of stock options previously granted by the Company. No corresponding expense was recorded in 2005.

Non-GAAP Reconciliation:
(Dollars in thousands)

Year Ended December 31,
2006
2005
Non-Interest
Expense
Revenue
Dollars*
%
Non-Interest
Expense
Revenue
Dollars*
%
Efficiency Ratio $48,807 $98,859  49.37% $44,198 $79,957 55.28%
 
Amortization of deposit broker
   origination fees

---

1,777 

(.88)   

---

1,194

(.75)   
 
Net change in fair value of
  interest rate swaps and related
  deposits


---


   (1,853)


.92    


---


6,600


(4.16)   
 
Efficiency ratio excluding
  impact of hedge accounting
  entries


$48,807


$98,783


49.41%


$44,198


$87,751


50.37%
 
*Net interest income plus non-interest income.

Provision for Income Taxes

             Provision for income taxes as a percentage of pre-tax income increased from 28.6% for the year ended December 31, 2005, to 31.1% for the year ended December 31, 2006. The lower effective tax rate (as compared to the statutory federal tax rate of 35.0%) was primarily due to higher balances and rates of tax-exempt investment securities and loans, federal tax credits and deductions for stock options exercised by certain employees. For future periods, the Company expects the effective tax rate to be in the range of 30-32% of pre-tax net income.

Average Balances, Interest Rates and Yields

             The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resulting yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates, and the net interest margin. Average balances of loans receivable include the average balances of non-accrual loans for each period. Interest income on loans includes interest received on non-accrual loans on a cash basis. Interest income on loans includes the amortization of net loan fees which were deferred in accordance with accounting standards. Fees included in interest income were $2.8 million, $2.0 million and $1.4 million for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Tax-exempt income was not calculated on a tax equivalent basis. The table does not reflect any effect of income taxes.

Next Page
74
 

December 31,
2006
Year Ended
December 31, 2006
Year Ended
December 31, 2005
Year Ended
December 31, 2004
Yield/Rate
Average
Balance
Interest
Yield/Rate
Average
Balance
Interest
Yield/Rate
Average
Balance
Interest
Yield/Rate
Interest-earning assets: (Dollars in thousands)
  Loans receivable:
    One- to four-family residential 6.92% $   177,040 $ 12,031 6.80% $ 177,572 $ 10,133 5.71% $  162,019 $  8,320 5.14%
    Other residential 8.15    86,251 7,078 8.21    118,384 8,655 7.31    114,946 7,528 6.55   
    Commercial real estate 8.36    464,710 37,958 8.17    475,325 32,205 6.78    465,713 25,988 5.58   
    Construction 8.51    586,343 49,792 8.49    391,613 27,125 6.93    248,759 14,957 6.01   
    Commercial business 8.31    111,742 9,587 8.58    105,426 7,140 6.77    97,689 5,580 5.71   
    Other loans 8.17    142,877 10,560 7.39    136,772 9,565 6.99    126,012 8,739 6.94   
    Industrial revenue bonds(1) 7.01   
84,199
6,088
7.23   
53,346
3,306
6.20   
48,143   
3,050
6.33   
         Total loans receivable 8.20    1,653,162 133,094 8.05    1,458,438 98,129 6.73    1,263,281 74,162 5.87   
 
Investment securities and other interest- earning assets(1) 5.03   
387,110
16,987
4.39   
409,691
16,366
3.99   
342,737
12,897
3.76   
 
Total interest-earning assets 7.65   
2,040,272 150,081
7.36   
1,868,129 114,495
6.12   
1,606,018 87,059
5.42   
 
Noninterest-earning assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents 98,210 92,402 76,658
    Other non-earning assets 40,710
26,635
22,027
         Total assets $2,179,192 $1,987,166 $1,704,703
Interest-bearing liabilities:
    Interest-bearing demand and savings 3.03    $ 421,201 12,678 3.01    $ 381,840 8,093 2.12    $ 381,916 4,729 1.24   
    Time deposits 5.19   
1,035,685
53,055
5.12   
890,925
34,176
3.84   
703,542
24,223
3.44   
         Total deposits 4.63    1,456,886 65,733 4.51    1,272,765 42,269 3.32    1,085,458 28,952 2.67   
Short-term borrowings 4.45    129,523 5,648 4.36    157,747 4,969 3.15    103,271 1,580 1.53   
Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust 6.98    18,739 1,335 7.12    18,306 986 5.39    18,859 610 3.24   
FHLB advances 5.13   
180,414
8,138
4.51   
203,719
7,873
3.86   
219,760
6,091
2.77   
         Total interest-bearing liabilities 4.70   
1,785,562 80,854
4.53   
1,652,537 56,097
3.39   
  1,427,348 37,233
2.61   
 
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
    Demand deposits 189,484 170,199 138,437
    Other liabilities 38,352
14,401
8,318
         Total liabilities 2,013,398 1,837,137 1,574,103
 
Stockholders' equity 165,794
150,029
130,600
         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $2,179,192 $1,987,166 $1,704,703
 
Net interest income:
    Interest rate spread 2.95% $ 69,227 2.83% $58,398 2.73% $49,826 2.81%
    Net interest margin* 3.39% 3.13% 3.10%
 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-
 bearing liabilities

114.3%

113.1%

112.5%

_________________
* Defined as the Company's net interest income divided by total interest-earning assets.
(1) Of the total average balances of investment securities, average tax-exempt investment securities were $63,125,000, $57,697,000 and $28,524,000 for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In addition, average tax-exempt industrial revenue bonds were $25,766,000, $18,395,000 and $19,733,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Interest income on tax-exempt assets included in this table was $4,022,000, $3,577,000 and $2,791,000 for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Interest income net of disallowed interest expense related to tax-exempt assets was $2,820,000, $2,900,000 and $2,441,000 for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Next Page
75
 

Rate/Volume Analysis

          The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the periods shown. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (i) changes in rate (i.e., changes in rate multiplied by old volume) and (ii) changes in volume (i.e., changes in volume multiplied by old rate). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to volume and rate. Tax-exempt income was not calculated on a tax equivalent basis.

Year Ended
December 31, 2006 vs.
December 31, 2005
Year Ended
December 31, 2005 vs.
December 31, 2004
Increase
(Decrease)
Due to
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
Increase
(Decrease)
Due to
Total
Increase
(Decrease)
Rate
Volume
Rate
Volume
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Loans receivable $20,822 $  14,143  $  34,965 $11,650 $12,317  $23,967
Investment securities and other
  interest-earning assets

1,410

(789)

621

832

2,637 

3,469
Total interest-earning assets 22,232
13,354 
35,586
12,482
14,954 
27,436
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Demand deposits 3,682 903  4,585 3,365 (1) 3,364
Time deposits 12,718
6,161 
18,879
2,985
6,968 
9,953
Total deposits 16,400 7,064  23,464 6,350 6,967  13,317
Short-term borrowings 1,270 (591) 679 2,263 1,126  3,389
Subordinated debentures issued to
  capital trust

325

24 

349

393

(17)

376
FHLBank advances 1,227
(962)
265
2,254
(472)
1,782
Total interest-bearing liabilities 19,222
5,535 
24,757
11,260
7,604 
18,864
Net interest income $   3,010 $   7,819  $ 10,829 $ 1,222 $ 7,350  $ 8,572

Results of Operations and Comparison for the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004

General

             Including the effects of the Company's accounting change for interest rate swaps, net income decreased $3.7 million, or 14.1%, during the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in non-interest income of $11.8 million, or 35.3%, and an increase in non-interest expense of $4.9 million, or 12.6%, partially offset by an increase in net interest income of $8.6 million, or 17.2%, a decrease in provision for income taxes of $3.6 million, or 28.5%, and a decrease in provision for loan losses of $775,000, or 16.1%.

Next Page
76
 

             Excluding the effects of the Company's accounting change for interest rate swaps, net income increased $857,000, or 3.2%, during the year ended December 31, 2005, compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase was primarily due to an increase in net interest income of $2.4 million, or 4.0%, an increase in non-interest income of $1.5 million, or 3.7%, a decrease in provision for income taxes of $1.1 million, or 8.8%, and a decrease in provision for loan losses of $775,000, or 16.1%, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense of $4.9 million, or 12.6%. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a reconciliation of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps.

Total Interest Income

             Total interest income increased $27.4 million, or 31.5%, during the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase was due to a $24.0 million, or 32.3%, increase in interest income on loans and a $3.5 million, or 26.9%, increase in interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets. Interest income for both loans and investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased due to both higher average balances and higher average rates of interest.

Interest Income - Loans

             During the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to December 31, 2004, interest income on loans increased due to higher average balances and higher average interest rates. Interest income increased $12.3 million as the result of higher average loan balances from $1.26 billion during the year ended December 31, 2004 to $1.46 billion during the year ended December 31, 2005. The higher average balance resulted principally from the Bank's increased commercial and residential construction lending, commercial real estate lending, residential real estate lending, commercial business lending and consumer lending. In previous years, the Bank's one- to four-family residential loan portfolio had decreased due to the origination of a greater dollar amount of fixed-rate, rather than adjustable-rate, loans. The Bank generally sells these fixed-rate loans in the secondary market. In 2005, the Bank's one- to four-family residential portfolio increased as more borrowers selected adjustable rate loans, which the Bank retains. In addition, loan refinancing slowed dramatically in 2005 compared to the previous few years.

             Interest income on loans increased $11.7 million as the result of higher average interest rates. The average yield on loans increased from 5.87% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 6.73% during the year ended December 31, 2005. Loan rates were generally low in 2004, as a result of decreases in market rates of interest, primarily the "prime rate" of interest from 2001 through the first half of 2004. In 2005, market interest rates increased substantially, with the "prime rate" of interest increasing 2.00% during the year. A large portion of the Bank's loan portfolio adjusts with changes to the "prime rate" of interest.

Interest Income - Investments and Other Interest-earning Deposits

             Interest income on investments and other interest-earning assets increased mainly as a result of higher average balances during the year ended December 31, 2005, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. Interest income increased $2.6 million as a result of an increase in average balances from $343 million during the year ended December 31, 2004, to $410 million during the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily in available-for-sale securities, where additional securities were acquired for liquidity and pledging to deposit accounts under repurchase agreements. In addition, interest income increased by $832,000 as a result of an increase in average interest rates from 3.76% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 3.99% during the year ended December 31, 2005. In 2004 and 2005, as principal balances on higher rate fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities were paid down, the Company replaced a large portion of these securities with variable-rate mortgage-backed securities (primarily hybrid ARMs) which had a lower yield relative to the fixed-rate securities. As market interest rates increased in 2005, the Company focused on adding securities to the portfolio which the Company believed would provide an adequate yield while holding their value reasonably well in a rising rate environment. In addition, the Company also increased its portfolio of tax-exempt securities issued by states and municipalities by approximately $26 million during 2004 and $11 million in 2005. These securities generally have coupon yields that are comparable to the variable-rate mortgage-backed securities that the Company purchased; however, the tax-equivalent yield is higher.

Next Page
77
 

Total Interest Expense

             Including the effects of the Company's accounting change for interest rate swaps, total interest expense increased $18.9 million, or 50.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2005, when compared with the year ended December 31, 2004, primarily due to an increase in interest expense on deposits of $13.3 million, or 46.0%, an increase in interest expense on FHLBank advances of $1.8 million, or 29.3%, an increase in interest expense on short-term borrowings of $3.4 million, or 214%, and an increase in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust of $376,000, or 61.6%.

             Excluding the effects of the Company's accounting change for interest rate swaps, economically, total interest expense increased $25.0 million, or 94.5%, during the year ended December 31, 2005, when compared with the year ended December 31, 2004, primarily due to an increase in interest expense on deposits of $19.5 million, or 107%, an increase in interest expense on FHLBank advances of $1.8 million, or 29.3%, an increase in interest expense on short-term borrowings of $3.4 million, or 214%, and an increase in interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust of $376,000, or 61.6%. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a reconciliation of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps.

Interest Expense - Deposits

             Including the effects of the Company's accounting change for interest rate swaps, interest on demand deposits increased $3.4 million due to an increase in average rates from 1.24% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 2.12% during the year ended December 31, 2005. The average interest rates increased due to higher overall market rates of interest in 2005. Market rates of interest on checking and money market accounts began to increase in the latter half of 2004 and throughout 2005 as the FRB raised short-term interest rates. The Company's interest-bearing checking balances have grown through increased relationships with correspondent, corporate and retail customers. Average interest-bearing demand balances were $382 million, $382 million and $276 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Average non-interest bearing demand balances were $170 million, $138 million and $105 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

             Interest expense on deposits increased $3.0 million as a result of an increase in average rates of interest on time deposits from 3.44% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 3.84% during the year ended December 31, 2005, and increased $7.0 million due to an increase in average balances of time deposits from $704 million during the year ended December 31, 2004, to $891 million during the year ended December 31, 2005. The average interest rates increased due to higher overall market rates of interest throughout 2005. As certificates of deposit matured in 2005, they were generally replaced with certificates bearing a higher rate of interest. Market rates of interest on new certificates began to increase in the latter half of 2004 and throughout 2005 as the Federal Reserve Board started raising short-term interest rates. In 2004 and 2005, the Company increased its balances of brokered certificates of deposit to fund a portion of its loan growth.

             The effects of the Company's accounting change for interest rate swaps did not impact interest on demand deposits.

Next Page
78
 

             Excluding the effects of the Company's accounting change for interest rate swaps, economically, interest expense on deposits increased $11.8 million as a result of an increase in average rates of interest on time deposits from 1.91% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 3.32% during the year ended December 31, 2005, and increased $4.3 million due to an increase in average balances of time deposits from $704 million during the year ended December 31, 2004, to $891 million during the year ended December 31, 2005. The average interest rates increased due to higher overall market rates of interest throughout 2005. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a reconciliation of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps.

Interest Expense - FHLBank Advances, Short-term Borrowings and Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trust

             Interest expense on FHLBank advances increased $2.3 million due to an increase in average interest rates from 2.77% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 3.86% during the year ended December 31, 2005. Partially offsetting this increase, average balances on FHLBank advances decreased from $220 million in the year ended December 31, 2004, to $204 million in the year ended December 31, 2005, resulting in decreased interest expense of $472,000.

             Interest expense on short-term borrowings increased $1.1 million due to an increase in average balances from $103 million during the year ended December 31, 2004, to $158 million during the year ended December 31, 2005. In addition, average rates on short-term borrowings increased from 1.53% in the year ended December 31, 2004, to 3.15% in the year ended December 31, 2005, resulting in increased interest expense of $2.3 million. The increase in balances of short-term borrowings was primarily due to increases in securities sold under repurchase agreements. A number of Great Southern's corporate customers have expressed a desire to earn interest on their excess cash balances. Rather than move these balances to brokerages or other investment sources, the customers have chosen to place these funds with Great Southern in the form of repurchase agreements. The average interest rates increased due to higher overall market rates of interest in 2005. Market rates of interest on short-term borrowings have increased since the middle of 2004 as the Federal Reserve Board began raising short-term interest rates.

             Interest expense on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust increased due to increases in average rates from 3.24% in the year ended December 31, 2004, to 5.39% in the year ended December 31, 2005. The average rate on these subordinated debentures increased significantly in 2005 as these liabilities are subject to an interest rate swap that requires the Company to pay a variable rate of interest that is indexed to LIBOR. Average LIBOR rates are expected to remain higher in 2006 than in 2005.

Net Interest Income

             Including the effects of the Company's accounting change for interest rate swaps, the Company's overall interest rate spread decreased 8 basis points, or 2.8%, from 2.81% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 2.73% during the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was due to a 78 basis point increase in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 70 basis point increase in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets. The Company's overall net interest margin increased three basis points, or 1.0%, from 3.10% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 3.13% during the year ended December 31, 2005. In comparing the two years, the yield on loans increased 86 basis points while the yield on investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased 23 basis points. The rate paid on deposits increased 65 basis points, the rate paid on FHLBank advances increased 109 basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings increased 162 basis points, and the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust increased 215 basis points. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a reconciliation of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps.

Next Page
79
 

             The prime rate of interest averaged 4.34% during the year ended December 31, 2004, compared to an average of 6.19% during the year ended December 31, 2005. During the first half of 2004, the prime rate of interest was 4.00%. The prime rate began to increase in the second half of 2004 and throughout 2005 as the Federal Reserve Board began to raise short-term interest rates, and stood at 7.25% at December 31, 2005. Over half of the Bank's loans were tied to prime at December 31, 2005.

             Interest rates paid on deposits, FHLBank advances and other borrowings increased dramatically in 2005 compared to 2004. Interest costs on these liabilities increased in the latter half of 2004 and all of 2005 as a result of rising short-term market interest rates, primarily increases by the Federal Reserve Board. The Company continues to utilize interest rate swaps and FHLBank advances that reprice frequently to manage overall interest rate risk. See "Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk" for additional information on the Company's interest rate swaps.

             Excluding the effects of the Company's accounting change for interest rate swaps, economically, the Company's overall interest rate spread decreased 56 basis points, or 15.7%, from 3.57% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 3.01% during the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was due to a 127 basis point increase in the weighted average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 71 basis point increase in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets. The Company's overall net interest margin decreased 40 basis points, or 10.6%, from 3.77% during the year ended December 31, 2004, to 3.37% during the year ended December 31, 2005. In comparing the two years, the yield on loans increased 86 basis points while the yield on investment securities and other interest-earning assets increased 23 basis points. The rate paid on deposits increased 128 basis points, the rate paid on FHLBank advances increased 109 basis points, the rate paid on short-term borrowings increased 162 basis points, and the rate paid on subordinated debentures issued to capital trust increased 215 basis points. See "Item 6 - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a reconciliation of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest swaps.

Provision for Loan Losses and Allowance for Loan Losses

             The provision for loan losses was $4.0 million and $4.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, respectively. The allowance for loan losses increased $1.1 million, or 4.5%, at December 31, 2005 compared to December 31, 2004.

             Management records a provision for loan losses in an amount it believes sufficient to result in an allowance for loan losses that will cover current net charge-offs as well as risks believed to be inherent in the loan portfolio of the Bank. The amount of provision charged against current income is based on several factors, including, but not limited to, past loss experience, current portfolio mix, actual and potential losses identified in the loan portfolio, economic conditions, regular reviews by internal staff and regulatory examinations.

             Weak economic conditions, higher inflation or interest rates, or other factors may lead to increased losses in the portfolio. Management has established various controls in an attempt to limit future losses, such as a watch list of possible problem loans, documented loan administration policies and a loan review staff to review the quality and anticipated collectibility of the portfolio. Management determines which loans are potentially uncollectible, or represent a greater risk of loss and makes additional provisions to expense, if necessary, to maintain the allowance at a satisfactory level.

Next Page
80
 

             The Bank's allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.59% and 1.73% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover losses inherent in the Company's loan portfolio at this time, based on current economic conditions. If economic conditions deteriorate significantly, it is possible that additional assets would be classified as non-performing, and accordingly, an additional provision for losses would be required, thereby adversely affecting future results of operations and financial condition.

Non-performing Assets

             As a result of continued growth in the loan portfolio, changes in economic and market conditions that occur from time to time, and other factors specific to a borrower's circumstances, the level of non-performing assets will fluctuate. Non-performing assets at December 31, 2005, were $16.8 million, up $10.3 million from December 31, 2004. Non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets were .81% at December 31, 2005. Compared to December 31, 2004, nonperforming loans increased $11.7 million to $16.2 million while foreclosed assets decreased $1.4 million to $595,000. Commercial real estate and business loans comprised $14.7 million, or 91%, of the total $16.2 million of non-performing loans at December 31, 2005. Commercial real estate and business loans historically comprise the majority of non-performing loans.

             Non-performing Loans. Non-performing loans increased primarily as a result of the addition of eight unrelated loan relationships to the non-performing category since December 31, 2004. The first relationship totals $1.5 million and is secured primarily by a completed office building and five houses under construction in the Branson, Missouri, area. These loans are part of a larger relationship which, at December 31, 2005, totaled $7.7 million. The remainder of this relationship was included in the Potential Problem Loans category at December 31, 2005. The second relationship totals $640,000 and is secured primarily by several single-family houses that are completed or under construction in Northwest Arkansas. This relationship was reduced from $1.9 million at December 31, 2004, when it was included in Potential Problem Loans, through the sale of some of the houses that have been completed. Subsequent to December 31, 2005, the loans paid down another $535,000 to $105,000. The third relationship totals $744,000 and is secured primarily by a mobile home park in the Kansas City, Missouri, metropolitan area. The fourth relationship totals $993,000 and is secured primarily by the receivables, inventory, equipment and other business assets of a home building materials company in Springfield, Missouri. The fifth relationship totals $3.7 million and is secured primarily by a nursing home in Missouri. This nursing home has experienced cash flow problems recently. This relationship is part of a total $5.3 million relationship. The remainder of this relationship is included in Potential Problem Loans at December 31, 2005. The sixth relationship totals $2.0 million and is secured by commercial real estate of an automobile dealership and additional commercial and residential real estate collateral in Missouri. During the quarter ended September 30, 2005, the loan relationship balance was reduced $675,000, to $2.0 million, through a charge-off against the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to December 31, 2005, the borrower has sold the automobile dealership. This sale reduced the relationship balance by approximately $1.0 million. The seventh relationship totals $1.5 million and is secured by commercial real estate and equipment of two restaurants - one in Springfield and one in central Missouri. The restaurant in Springfield has been closed and the building and land are currently offered for sale. The eighth relationship totals $649,000 and is secured by a motel near Branson, Missouri and additional commercial real estate collateral. At December 31, 2005, the significant relationships described above accounted for $11.7 million of the non-performing loan total.

             Foreclosed Assets. Of the total $595,000 of foreclosed assets at December 31, 2005, foreclosed real estate totaled $78,000 and repossessed automobiles, boats and other personal property totaled $517,000. During the latter portion of 2005, the Company sold almost all of its foreclosed real estate assets in separate transactions to unrelated buyers. At December 31, 2005, there were no foreclosed assets in excess of $50,000 individually.

Next Page
81
 

             Potential Problem Loans. Potential problem loans decreased $5.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2005 from $23.6 million at December 31, 2004 to $18.4 million at December 31, 2005. Potential problem loans are loans which management has identified through routine internal review procedures as having possible credit problems which may cause the borrowers difficulty in complying with current repayment terms. These loans are not reflected in the non-performing assets. During the year ended December 31, 2005, potential problem loans decreased primarily due to the transfer to the non-performing loan category portions of three unrelated loan relationships and the removal of one relationship from potential problem loan status due to loan balance reductions and improvements to the credit relationship. At December 31, 2005, four large unrelated relationships make up the majority of the potential problem loan category. The first relationship totals $6.2 million (with an additional $1.5 million included in Non-performing Loans) and is secured primarily by vacant land, developed and undeveloped residential subdivisions, and single-family houses used as rental property in the Branson, Missouri, area. This relationship was described as a $7.5 million relationship in the September 2005 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q in the category Potential Problem Loans. During the three months ended December 31, 2005, $660,000 was moved from potential problem loans to non-performing loans and the relationship was reduced $650,000 through payments by the borrower. The second relationship totals $3.2 million and is secured primarily by a motel in the State of Illinois and additional real estate collateral. The motel began operations in early 2005 and is currently offered for sale. The third relationship totals $1.6 million in potential problem loans (with an additional $3.7 million included in non-performing loans) and is secured primarily by a nursing home in the Springfield, Missouri area. The fourth relationship totals $3.1 million and is secured primarily by a townhome development in the Kansas City, Missouri area. The project has experienced cash flow problems recently due to vacancies in some of the units. Several of the tenants were military personnel who have been redeployed to other locations. The project is currently offered for sale. At December 31, 2005, the significant relationships described above accounted for $14.2 million of the potential problem loan total.

Non-interest Income

             Including the effects of the Company's restatement for interest rate swaps, total non-interest income decreased $11.8 million, or 35.3%, in the year ended December 31, 2005 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease was primarily due to: (i) a negative change in the fair value of the Company's interest rate swaps of $7.7 million, from a positive $1.1 million to a negative $6.6 million, as a result of changes in related market interest rates; (ii) a decrease in the amount of interest rate swap net settlements received from counter-parties of $5.5 million; and (iii) an increase in the net realized loss on sales and impairments of available-for-sale securities in 2005 of $276,000. During 2005, the Company determined that the impairment of one security with an original cost of $3.5 million had become other than temporary. Consequently, the Company recorded a $734,000 charge to income. Additionally in 2004, the Company realized a gain of $396,000 on the sale of land that had been previously purchased for a branch location. After completion of the branch, most of the remaining land was sold.

             The changes described above were partially offset by: (i) an increase in service charges and ATM/point of sale fees of $583,000, or 4.6%; (ii) an increase in commissions revenue in the Company's investment, travel and insurance divisions of $933,000, or 12.0%; (iii) an increase in late charges and prepayment penalties on loans of $559,000, or 64.1%; and (iv) smaller increases and decreases in loan and commitment fees, loan servicing income, and merchant card fees. The increase in service charges and fees resulted from a larger number of accounts and a higher level of insufficient funds transactions by customers. The increase in ATM/point of sale fees was related to increases in overall usage by customers, primarily in point of sale usage. Increases in commission revenues occurred in the travel and investments divisions. In the latter half of 2003, the Company acquired two travel agencies in the Springfield, Missouri market and, in mid-2005, we acquired a travel agency in Columbia, Missouri. The operations of these agencies, along with organic growth in our existing travel operations, have led to increased revenue in both the leisure and corporate travel areas. In late 2003, we began to implement some strategic sales initiatives in our investment division and throughout our branch network. Increased sales of a variety of investment products were realized during 2005 as a result of these initiatives. While loan prepayments occur from time to time, in 2005, a few unrelated borrowers elected to pay off some or all of their loans prior to the contractual maturity, with the Company receiving large prepayment penalties on those loans that allowed for penalties as part of the borrowing agreements. The Company includes prepayment penalties in many of its loans; however, there is no way to estimate the level or timing of prepayment penalties that may be realized in future periods.

Next Page
82
 

             Excluding the effects of the Company's restatement for interest rate swaps, economically, total non-interest income increased $1.5 million, or 6.3%, in the year ended December 31, 2005 when compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. The increases and decreases are the same as those stated above except that the interest rate swap net settlements would have been included in interest expense and the change in fair value of the interest rate swaps would have been recorded as an increase or decrease to the related brokered certificates of deposit. See "Item 6. - Selected Consolidated Financial Data - Restatement of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements" for a reconciliation of the current and previously reported financial statements due to the Company's accounting change for certain interest rate swaps.

Non-Interest Expense

             Total non-interest expense increased $4.9 million, or 12.6%, in the year ended December 31, 2005, when compared to the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $3.3 million, or 15.2%, in salaries and employee benefits. During 2005, Great Southern completed its acquisition of three bank branches and a travel company. Non-interest expenses increased over $500,000 in 2005 related to the ongoing operations of these branches and the travel office. In addition, the Company's increase in salary and benefits expense in 2005 compared to 2004 related to the continued growth of the Company. During 2005, Great Southern opened two new banking centers, replaced an existing banking center, expanded the loan production offices in Overland Park, Kansas, and Rogers, Arkansas, opened a new loan production office in St. Louis, and added lending and lending support personnel in the Springfield market. Consistent with many other employers, the cost of health insurance premiums and other benefits for the Company continues to rise and added $781,000 in expense in 2005 compared to 2004. Net occupancy and equipment expense increased $342,000, or 4.7%, primarily due to increases in rent and depreciation on new offices and equipment and various maintenance projects on buildings and equipment. Additionally, there were smaller increases and decreases in other non-interest expense areas, such as postage, advertising, insurance, legal and professional fees, and bank charges and fees related to additional correspondent and customer relationships.

Provision for Income Taxes

             Provision for income taxes as a percentage of pre-tax income decreased from 32.4% for the year ended December 31, 2004, to 28.6% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily due to higher balances and rates of tax-exempt investment securities and loans, federal tax credits and deductions for stock options exercised by certain employees. For future periods, the Company expects the effective tax rate to be in the range of 30-33% of pre-tax net income.

Next Page
83
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

             Liquidity is a measure of the Company's ability to generate sufficient cash to meet present and future financial obligations in a timely manner through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or the acquisition of additional funds through liability management. These obligations include the credit needs of customers, funding deposit withdrawals and the day-to-day operations of the Company. Liquid assets include cash, interest-bearing deposits with financial institutions and certain investment securities and loans. As a result of the Company's management of the ability to generate liquidity primarily through liability funding, management believes that the Company maintains overall liquidity sufficient to satisfy its depositors' requirements and meet its customers' credit needs. At December 31, 2006, the Company had commitments of approximately $6.0 million to fund loan originations, $351.6 million of unused lines of credit and unadvanced loans, and $25.3 million of outstanding letters of credit.

             The following table summarizes the Company's fixed and determinable contractual obligations by payment date as of December 31, 2006. Additional information regarding these contractual obligations is discussed further in Notes 6, 7, 8, 10 and 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Payments Due In:
One Year or
Less
Over One to
Five
Years
Over Five
Years
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Deposits without a stated maturity $  595,349 $          --- $          --- $  595,349
Time and brokered certificates of deposit 678,035 204,182 222,711 1,104,928
Federal Home Loan Bank advances 90,302 60,434 28,434 179,170
Short-term borrowings 120,956 --- --- 120,956
Subordinated debentures --- --- 25,774 25,774
Operating leases 719 1,402 180 2,301
Dividends declared but not paid 2,188 --- --- 2,188
Other 40
---
---
40
1,487,589 266,018 277,099 2,030,706
Interest rate swap fair value adjustment 3,527
---
---
3,527
$1,491,116 $266,018 $277,099 $2,034,233

             Management continuously reviews the capital position of the Company and the Bank to ensure compliance with minimum regulatory requirements, as well as to explore ways to increase capital either by retained earnings or other means.

             The Company's stockholders' equity was $175.6 million, or 7.8% of total assets of $2.24 billion at December 31, 2006, compared to equity of $152.8 million, or 7.3% of total assets of $2.08 billion at December 31, 2005.

             Banks are required to maintain minimum risk-based capital ratios. These ratios compare capital, as defined by the risk-based regulations, to assets adjusted for their relative risk as defined by the regulations. Guidelines require banks to have a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, as defined, of 4.00%, a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8.00%, and a minimum 4.00% Tier 1 leverage ratio. On December 31, 2006, the Bank's Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 10.24%, total risk-based capital ratio was 11.50% and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 8.86%. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank was "well capitalized" as defined by the Federal banking agencies' capital-related regulations. The FRB has established capital regulations for bank holding companies that generally parallel the capital regulations for banks. On December 31, 2006, the Company's Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio was 10.65%, total risk-based capital ratio was 11.91% and the Tier 1 leverage ratio was 9.20%. As of December 31, 2006, the Company was "well capitalized" under the capital ratios described above.

Next Page
84
 

             At December 31, 2006, the held-to-maturity investment portfolio included no gross unrealized losses and $99,000 of gross unrealized gains.

             The Company's primary sources of funds are certificates of deposit, FHLBank advances, other borrowings, loan repayments, proceeds from sales of loans and available-for-sale securities and funds provided from operations. The Company utilizes particular sources of funds based on the comparative costs and availability at the time. The Company has from time to time chosen not to pay rates on deposits as high as the rates paid by certain of its competitors and, when believed to be appropriate, supplements deposits with less expensive alternative sources of funds.

             Statements of Cash Flows. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company had positive cash flows from operating activities and positive cash flows from financing activities. The Company experienced negative cash flows from investing activities during each of these same time periods.

             Cash flows from operating activities for the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows have been primarily related to changes in accrued and deferred assets, credits and other liabilities, the provision for loan losses, depreciation, and the amortization of deferred loan origination fees and discounts (premiums) on loans and investments, all of which are non-cash or non-operating adjustments to operating cash flows. Net income adjusted for non-cash and non-operating items and the origination and sale of loans held-for-sale were the primary sources of cash flows from operating activities. Operating activities provided cash flows of $43.7 million, $35.4 million and $31.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

             During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, investing activities used cash of $143.1 million, $173.0 million and $293.7 million, primarily due to the net increase of loans and the net purchases of investment securities in each period.

             Changes in cash flows from financing activities during the periods covered by the Statements of Cash Flows are due to changes in deposits after interest credited, changes in FHLBank advances and changes in short-term borrowings, as well as the purchases of Company stock and dividend payments to stockholders. Financing activities provided cash flows of $114.8 million, $162.1 million and $280.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Financing activities in the future are expected to primarily include changes in deposits, changes in FHLBank advances, changes in short-term borrowings, purchases of Company stock and dividend payments to stockholders.

             Dividends. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company declared dividends of $0.60 per share (27.0% of net income per share) and paid dividends of $0.58 per share (26.1% of net income per share), compared to dividends declared of $0.52 per share (31.9% of net income per share) and paid of $0.50 per share (30.7% of net income per share) during the year ended December 31, 2005. The Board of Directors meets regularly to consider the level and the timing of dividend payments. The dividend declared but unpaid as of December 31, 2006, was paid to shareholders on January 11, 2007.

             Common Stock Repurchases. The Company has been in various buy-back programs since May 1990. During the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company repurchased 135,028 shares of its common stock at an average price of $27.56 per share and reissued 89,192 shares of Company stock at an average price of $14.25 per share to cover stock option exercises. During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company repurchased 37,279 shares of its common stock at an average price of $29.50 per share and reissued 61,572 shares of Company stock at an average price of $10.86 per share to cover stock option exercises.

Next Page
85
 

             Management intends to continue its stock buy-back programs from time to time as long as repurchasing the stock contributes to the overall growth of shareholder value. The number of shares of stock that will be repurchased and the price that will be paid is the result of many factors, several of which are outside of the control of the Company. The primary factors, however, are the number of shares available in the market from sellers at any given time and the price of the stock within the market as determined by the market.

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk

             A principal operating objective of the Company is to produce stable earnings by achieving a favorable interest rate spread that can be sustained during fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. The Company has sought to reduce its exposure to adverse changes in interest rates by attempting to achieve a closer match between the periods in which its interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets can be expected to reprice through the origination of adjustable-rate mortgages and loans with shorter terms to maturity and the purchase of other shorter term interest-earning assets. Since the Company uses laddered brokered deposits and FHLBank advances to fund a portion of its loan growth, the Company's assets tend to reprice more quickly than its liabilities.

Our Risk When Interest Rates Change

             The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market interest rates change over time. Accordingly, our results of operations, like those of other financial institutions, are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.

How We Measure the Risk To Us Associated with Interest Rate Changes

             In an attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor Great Southern's interest rate risk. In monitoring interest rate risk we regularly analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their payment streams and interest rates, the timing of their maturities and their sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.

             The ability to maximize net interest income is largely dependent upon the achievement of a positive interest rate spread that can be sustained despite fluctuations in prevailing interest rates. Interest rate sensitivity is a measure of the difference between amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which either reprice or mature within a given period of time. The difference, or the interest rate repricing "gap," provides an indication of the extent to which an institution's interest rate spread will be affected by changes in interest rates. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities repricing during the same period, and is considered negative when the amount of interest-rate sensitive liabilities exceeds the amount of interest-rate sensitive assets during the same period. Generally, during a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap within shorter repricing periods would adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap within shorter repricing periods would result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, the opposite would be true. As of December 31, 2006, Great Southern's internal interest rate risk models indicate a one-year interest rate sensitivity gap that is close to neutral.

Next Page
86
 

             Interest rate risk exposure estimates (the sensitivity gap) are not exact measures of an institution's actual interest rate risk. They are only indicators of interest rate risk exposure produced in a simplified modeling environment designed to allow management to gauge the Bank's sensitivity to changes in interest rates. They do not necessarily indicate the impact of general interest rate movements on the Bank's net interest income because the repricing of certain categories of assets and liabilities is subject to competitive and other factors beyond the Bank's control. As a result, certain assets and liabilities indicated as maturing or otherwise repricing within a stated period may in fact mature or reprice at different times and in different amounts and cause a change, which potentially could be material, in the Bank's interest rate risk.

             In order to minimize the potential for adverse effects of material and prolonged increases and decreases in interest rates on Great Southern's results of operations, Great Southern has adopted asset and liability management policies to better match the maturities and repricing terms of Great Southern's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Management recommends and the Board of Directors sets the asset and liability policies of Great Southern which are implemented by the asset and liability committee. The asset and liability committee is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer and is comprised of members of Great Southern's senior management. The purpose of the asset and liability committee is to communicate, coordinate and control asset/liability management consistent with Great Southern's business plan and board-approved policies. The asset and liability committee establishes and monitors the volume and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability goals. The asset and liability committee meets on a monthly basis to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital positions and anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities. At each meeting, the asset and liability committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The Chief Financial Officer or his designee is responsible for reviewing and reporting on the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the Board of Directors at their monthly meetings.

             In order to manage its assets and liabilities and achieve the desired liquidity, credit quality, interest rate risk, profitability and capital targets, Great Southern has focused its strategies on originating adjustable rate loans, and managing its deposits and borrowings to establish stable relationships with both retail customers and wholesale funding sources.

             At times, depending on the level of general interest rates, the relationship between long- and short-term interest rates, market conditions and competitive factors, we may determine to increase our interest rate risk position somewhat in order to maintain or increase our net interest margin.

             The asset and liability committee regularly reviews interest rate risk by forecasting the impact of alternative interest rate environments on net interest income and market value of portfolio equity, which is defined as the net present value of an institution's existing assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments, and evaluating such impacts against the maximum potential changes in net interest income and market value of portfolio equity that are authorized by the Board of Directors of Great Southern.

Next Page
87
 

             The Company uses interest rate swap derivatives to manage its interest rate risks from recorded financial liabilities. Interest rate swaps are carried at fair value, estimated using quoted dealer prices, and are recognized in the statement of financial condition in the prepaid expenses and other assets or accounts payable and accrued expenses caption. The Company uses interest rate swaps to help manage its interest rate risks from recorded financial liabilities. These instruments are utilized when they can be demonstrated to effectively hedge a designated liability and the liability exposes the Company to interest rate risk. For those interest rate swaps which meet the requirements for hedge accounting treatment, amounts to be paid or received under interest rate swaps are accounted for on the accrual basis and recognized as interest income or expense of the related liability. For those interest rate swaps which do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting treatment, amounts to be paid or received under interest rate swaps are accounted for on the accrual basis and recognized as noninterest income. Gains and losses on early termination of these instruments are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to the yield on the related liability over the shorter of the remaining contract life or the maturity of the related asset or liability. If the related liability is sold or otherwise liquidated, the instrument is marked to market, with the resultant gains and losses recognized in noninterest income.

             The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements with the objective of economically hedging against the effects of changes in the fair value of its liabilities for fixed rate brokered certificates of deposit and subordinated debentures issued to capital trust caused by changes in market interest rates. The swap agreements generally provide for the Company to pay a variable rate of interest based on a spread to the one-month or three-month London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR) and to receive a fixed rate of interest equal to that of the hedged instrument. Under the swap agreements the Company is to pay or receive interest monthly, quarterly, semiannually or at maturity.

             At December 31, 2006, the notional amount of interest rate swaps outstanding was approximately $541.0 million. Of this amount, $125.0 million consisted of swaps in a net settlement receivable position and $416.0 million consisted of swaps in a net settlement payable position. At December 31, 2005, the notional amount of interest rate swaps outstanding was approximately $521.0 million. Of this amount, $177.3 million consisted of swaps in a net settlement receivable position and $343.7 million consisted of swaps in a net settlement payable position. The maturities of interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005, in terms of notional amounts and their average pay and receive rates is discussed further in Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

             The following tables illustrate the expected maturities and repricing, respectively, of the Bank's financial instruments at December 31, 2006. These schedules do not reflect the effects of possible prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses. The tables are based on information prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Next Page
88
 

Maturities

December 31,
2006
Fair Value
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
Thereafter
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Financial Assets:
Interest bearing deposits $1,050 --- --- --- --- --- $1,050 $1,050
Weighted average rate 4.80% --- --- --- --- --- 4.80%
Available-for-sale equity securities --- --- --- --- --- $11,196 $11,196 $11,513
Weighted average rate --- --- --- --- --- 5.52% 5.52%
Available-for-sale debt securities(1) $25,241 --- $3,600 $6,485 $16,727 $283,742 $335,795 $332,679
Weighted average rate 5.20% --- 4.01% 3.98% 4.08% 5.05% 4.98%
Held-to-maturity securities --- --- --- --- --- $1,470 $1,470 $1,569
Weighted average rate --- --- --- --- --- 7.47% 7.47%
Adjustable rate loans $663,901 $226,448 $106,906 $64,473 $56,265 $242,512 $1,360,505 $1,357,621
Weighted average rate 8.55% 8.42% 8.36% 8.60% 8.34% 7.48% 8.32%
Fixed rate loans $78,849 $31,989 $39,881 $39,357 $28,463 $124,257 $342,796 $343,228
Weighted average rate 7.32% 7.63% 8.26% 7.97% 8.68% 8.13% 7.94%
Federal Home Loan Bank stock --- --- --- --- --- $10,479 $10,479 $10,479
Weighted average rate ---
---
---
---
---
4.25%
4.25%
    Total financial assets $769,041 $258,437 $150,387 $110,315 $101,455 $673,656 $2,063,291
 
Financial Liabilities:
Time deposits $678,035 $53,283 $81,541 $26,130 $43,228 $222,711 $1,104,928 $1,105,809
Weighted average rate 5.11% 5.03% 5.32% 5.33% 5.38% 5.37% 5.19%
Interest-bearing demand $390,158 --- --- --- --- --- $390,158 $390,158
Weighted average rate 3.03% --- --- --- --- --- 3.03%
Non-interest-bearing demand $205,191 --- --- --- --- --- $205,191 $205,191
Weighted average rate --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Federal Home Loan Bank $90,302 $3,395 $24,822 $29,978 $2,239 $28,434 $179,170 $179,117
Weighted average rate 5.41% 6.29% 5.34% 4.91% 6.29% 4.07% 5.13%
Short-term borrowings $120,956 --- --- --- --- --- $120,956 $120,956
Weighted average rate 4.45% --- --- --- --- --- 4.45%
Subordinated debentures --- --- --- --- --- $25,774 $25,774 $25,774
Weighted average rate ---
---
---
---
---
6.98%
6.98%
    Total financial liabilities $1,484,642 $56,678 $106,363 $56,108 $45,467 $276,919 $2,026,177

_______________
(1) Available-for-sale debt securities include approximately $219 million of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations which pay interest and principal monthly to the Company. Of this total, $121 million represents securities that have variable rates of interest after a fixed interest period. These securities will experience rate changes at varying times over the next four years. This table does not show the effect of these monthly repayments of principal or rate changes.

Next Page
89
 

Repricing

December 31,
2006
Fair Value
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
Thereafter
Total
(Dollars in thousands)
Financial Assets:
Interest bearing deposits $1,050 --- --- --- --- --- $1,050 $1,050
Weighted average rate 4.80% --- --- --- --- --- 4.80%
Available-for-sale equity securities $11,196 --- --- --- --- --- $11,196 $11,513
Weighted average rate 5.52% --- --- --- --- --- 5.52%
Available-for-sale debt securities(1) $166,494 --- $3,600 $6,486 $16,727 $142,488 $335,795 $332,679
Weighted average rate 4.69% --- 4.01% 3.98% 4.08% 5.50% 4.98%
Held-to-maturity securities --- --- --- --- --- $1,470 $1,470 $1,569
Weighted average rate --- --- --- --- --- 7.47% 7.47%
Adjustable rate loans $1,294,200 $21,998 $18,539 $19,425 $6,343 --- $1,360,505 $1,357,621
Weighted average rate 8.40% 6.67% 6.24% 7.35% 7.77% --- 8.32%
Fixed rate loans $78,849 $31,989 $39,881 $39,357 $28,463 $124,257 $342,796 $343,228
Weighted average rate 7.32% 7.63% 8.26% 7.97% 8.68% 7.81% 7.94%
Federal Home Loan Bank stock $10,479 --- --- --- --- --- $10,479 $10,479
Weighted average rate 4.25%
---
---
---
---
---
4.25%
Total financial assets $1,562,268 $53,987 $62,020 $65,268 $51,533 $268,215 $2,063,291
Financial Liabilities:
Time deposits(3) $1,048,278 $36,084 $12,564 $2,097 $1,892 $4,013 $1,104,928 $1,105,809
Weighted average rate 5.20% 4.91% 4.86% 4.68% 5.30% 4.98% 5.19%
Interest-bearing demand $390,158 --- --- --- --- --- $390,158 $390,158
Weighted average rate 3.03% --- --- --- --- --- 3.03%
Non-interest-bearing demand(2) --- --- --- --- --- $205,191 $205,191 $205,191
Weighted average rate --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
Federal Home Loan Bank advances $167,482 $3,395 $642 $1,978 $2,239 $3,434 $179,170 $179,117
Weighted average rate 5.06% 6.29% 6.64% 6.41% 6.29% 5.99% 5.13%
Short-term borrowings $120,956 --- --- --- --- --- $120,956 $120,956
Weighted average rate 4.45% --- --- --- --- --- 4.45%
Subordinated debentures $25,774 --- --- --- --- --- $25,774 $25,774
Weighted average rate 6.98%
---
---
---
---
---
6.98%
Total financial liabilities $1,752,648 $39,479 $13,206 $4,075 $4,131 $212,638 $2,026,177
Periodic repricing GAP $(190,380) $14,508 $48,814 $61,193 $47,402 $55,577 $37,114
Cumulative repricing GAP $(190,380) $(175,872) $(127,058) $(65,865) $(18,463) $37,114
_______________
(1) Available-for-sale debt securities include approximately $219 million of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations which pay interest and principal monthly to the Company. Of this total, $121 million represents securities that have variable rates of interest after a fixed interest period. These securities will experience rate changes at varying times over the next four years. This table does not show the effect of these monthly repayments of principal or rate changes.
(2) Noninterest-bearing demand is included in this table in the column labeled "Thereafter" since there is no interest rate related to these liabilities and therefore there is nothing to reprice.
(3) Time deposits include the effects of the Company's interest rate swaps on brokered certificates of deposit. These derivatives qualify for hedge accounting treatment.

Next Page
90
 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Springfield, Missouri

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 14, 2007, expressed unqualified opinions on management's assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/BKD, LLP

Springfield, Missouri
March 14, 2007

Next Page
91
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
December 31, 2006 and 2005
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Assets

2006 2005

 
Cash $     132,100 $     116,578
 
Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions 1,050
1,154
 
          Cash and cash equivalents 133,150 117,732
 
Available-for-sale securities 344,192 369,316
 
Held-to-maturity securities 1,470 1,510
 
Mortgage loans held for sale 2,574 2,124
 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of
   $26,258 and $24,549 at December 31, 2006 and
   2005, respectively


1,672,044


1,512,046
 
Interest receivable 13,587 10,841
 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 15,554 13,266
 
Foreclosed assets held for sale, net 4,768 595
 
Premises and equipment, net 26,417 27,265
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 1,395 1,402
 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 10,479 11,857
 
Refundable income taxes 2,306 ---
 
Deferred income taxes 12,372
13,201
 
          Total assets $ 2,240,308 $ 2,081,155

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Next Page
92
 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

2006 2005

 
Liabilities
   Deposits $ 1,703,804  $ 1,550,253 
   Federal Home Loan Bank advances 179,170  203,435 
   Short-term borrowings 120,956  133,558 
   Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust 25,774  18,059 
   Accrued interest payable 5,810  4,615 
   Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance 388  233 
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses 28,828  17,494 
   Income taxes payable --- 
706 
 
          Total liabilities 2,064,730 
1,928,353 
 
 
Commitments and Contingencies --- 
--- 
 
 
Stockholders' Equity
   Capital stock
     Serial preferred stock, $.01 par value; authorized
       1,000,000 shares

--- 

--- 
     Common stock, $.01 par value; authorized
       20,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
       2006 - 13,676,965 shares, 2005 - 13,722,801
       shares



137 



137 
   Additional paid-in capital 18,481  17,781 
   Retained earnings 158,780  138,921 
   Accumulated other comprehensive loss
     Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities,
       net of income taxes of $(980) and $(2,174) at
       December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively


(1,820)


(4,037)
 
          Total stockholders' equity 175,578 
152,802 
 
          Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $ 2,240,308  $ 2,081,155 

Next Page
93
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Income
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

2006 2005 2004

Interest Income
     Loans $ 133,094  $ 98,129  $ 74,162 
     Investment securities and other 16,987 
16,366 
12,897 
150,081 
114,495 
87,059 
Interest Expense
     Deposits 65,733  42,269  28,952 
     Federal Home Loan Bank advances 8,138  7,873  6,091 
     Short-term borrowings 5,648  4,969  1,580 
     Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust 1,335 
986 
610 
80,854 
56,097 
37,233 
 
Net Interest Income 69,227  58,398  49,826 
Provision for Loan Losses 5,450 
4,025 
4,800 
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses 63,777 
54,373 
45,026 
 
Noninterest Income
     Commissions 9,166  8,726  7,793 
     Service charges and ATM fees 14,611  13,309  12,726 
     Net gains on loan sales 944  983  992 
     Net realized gains (losses) on sales of available-for-sale
        securities

(1)

85 

(373)
     Realized impairment of available-for-sale securities ---  (734) --- 
     Net gain on sales of fixed assets 167  30  403 
     Late charges and fees on loans 1,567  1,430  872 
     Change in interest rate swap fair value net of change in hedged
        deposit fair value
1,498  ---  --- 
     Change in interest rate swap fair value ---  (6,600) 1,136 
     Interest rate swap net settlements ---  3,408  8,881 
     Other income 1,680 
922 
879 
29,632 
21,559 
33,309 
 
Noninterest Expense
     Salaries and employee benefits 28,285  25,355  22,007 
     Net occupancy expense 7,645  7,589  7,247 
     Postage 2,178  1,954  1,784 
     Insurance 876  883  761 
     Advertising 1,201  1,025  794 
     Office supplies and printing 931  903  811 
     Telephone 1,387  1,068  903 
     Legal, audit and other professional fees 1,127  1,410  1,309 
     Expense on foreclosed assets 119  268  485 
     Write-off of trust preferred securities issuance costs 783  ---  --- 
     Other operating expenses 4,275 
3,743 
3,160 
48,807 
44,198 
39,261 
 
Income Before Income Taxes 44,602  31,734  39,074 
Provision for Income Taxes 13,859 
9,063 
12,675 
Net Income $  30,743  $  22,671  $  26,399 
 
Earnings Per Common Share
     Basic $      2.24  $      1.65  $      1.93 
     Diluted $      2.22  $      1.63  $      1.89 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Next Page
94
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

Accumulated
Additional Other
Comprehensive Common Paid-in Retained Comprehensive Treasury
Income Stock Capital Earnings Income (Loss) Stock Total

 
Balance, January 1, 2004 $       ---  $  123  $17,451  $166,290  $  (65) $(62,120) $121,679 
    Net income 26,399  ---  ---  26,399  ---  ---  26,399 
    Stock issued under Stock Option Plan ---  ---  434  ---  ---  292  726 
    Dividends declared, $.44 per share ---  ---  ---  (6,030) ---  ---  (6,030)
    Effect of two-for-one stock split ---  69  (69) ---  ---  ---  --- 
    Change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale
      securities, net of income tax benefit of $(443)

(821)

--- 

--- 

--- 

(821)

--- 

(821)
    Company stock purchased ---  ---  ---  ---  ---  (1,116) (1,116)
    Reclassification of treasury stock per Maryland law --- 
(55)
--- 
(62,889)
--- 
62,944 
--- 
 
    Comprehensive income $25,578 
 
Balance, December 31, 2004 $      ---  137  17,816  123,770  (886) 140,837 
    Net income 22,671  ---  ---  22,671  ---  ---  22,671 
    Stock issued under Stock Option Plan ---  ---  (35) ---  ---  711  676 
    Dividends declared, $.52 per share ---  ---  ---  (7,132) ---  ---  (7,132)
    Change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale
      securities, net of income tax benefit of $(1,697)

(3,151)

--- 

--- 

--- 

(3,151)

--- 

(3,151)
    Company stock purchased ---  ---  ---  ---  ---  (1,099) (1,099)
    Reclassification of treasury stock per Maryland law --- 
--- 
--- 
(388)
--- 
388 
--- 
 
    Comprehensive income $ 19,520 
 
Balance, December 31, 2005 $          -- 137  17,781  138,921  (4,037) 152,802 
    Net income 30,743  ---  ---  30,743  ---  ---  30,743 
    Stock issued under Stock Option Plan ---  ---  700  ---  ---  1,052  1,752 
    Dividends declared, $.60 per share ---  ---  ---  (8,214) ---  ---  (8,214)
    Change in unrealized gain on available-for-sale
      securities, net of income taxes of $1,194

2,217 

--- 

--- 

--- 

2,217 

--- 

2,217 
    Company stock purchased ---  ---  ---  ---  ---  (3,722) (3,722)
    Reclassification of treasury stock per Maryland law --- 
--- 
--- 
(2,670)
--- 
2,670 
--- 
 
    Comprehensive income $ 32,960 
 
Balance, December 31, 2006 $ 137  $ 18,481  $158,780  $ (1,820) $ 0  $175,578 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Next Page
95
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
(In Thousands)

2006 2005 2004

Operating Activities
    Net income $ 30,743  $ 22,671  $ 26,399 
    Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale 71,964  50,130  61,242 
    Originations of loans held for sale (68,076) (46,458) (58,600)
    Items not requiring (providing) cash
        Depreciation 2,932  3,406  2,973 
        Amortization 380  402  205 
        Write-off of trust preferred securities issuance costs 783  ---  --- 
        Provision for loan losses 5,450  4,025  4,800 
        Net gains on loan sales (944) (983) (992)
        Net realized (gains) losses and
          impairment on available-for-sale securities

(1)

649 

373 
        Gain on sale of premises and equipment (167) (30) (403)
       (Gain) loss on sale of foreclosed assets (184) (272) 10 
        Amortization of deferred income,
          premiums and discounts

(1,849)

(217)

351 
        Deferred income taxes (365) (7,356) (2,022)
    Changes in
        Interest receivable (2,746) (2,741) (1,118)
        Prepaid expenses and other assets (1,745) (78) (962)
        Accounts payable and accrued expenses 13,981  11,002  1,190 
        Income taxes refundable (payable) (3,012)
1,210 
(1,843)
 
            Net cash provided by operating
              activities

47,144 

35,360 

31,603 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Next Page
96
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
(In Thousands)

2006 2005 2004

 
Investing Activities
    Net change in loans $ (127,762) $ (100,357) $ (165,300)
    Purchase of loans (47,508) (77,929) (40,102)
    Proceeds from sale of student loans 2,314  4,022  8,146 
    Purchase of bank branches, net of cash acquired ---  22,605  --- 
    Purchase of additional business units (143) (169) (200)
    Purchase of premises and equipment (4,094) (7,168) (7,457)
    Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment 2,177  781  1,426 
    Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets 2,861  4,139  11,443 
    Capitalized costs on foreclosed assets ---  ---  (174)
    Proceeds from maturities, calls and
      repayments of held-to-maturity securities

40 

35 

25 
    Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities 26,679  48,203  93,917 
    Proceeds from maturities, calls and
      repayments of available-for-sale securities

295,188 

95,027 

106,184 
    Purchase of available-for-sale securities (294,218) (164,735) (299,003)
    (Purchase) redemption of Federal Home
      Loan Bank stock

1,378 

2,581 

(2,653)
 
            Net cash used in investing
              activities

(143,088)

(172,965)

(293,748)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Next Page
97
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004
(In Thousands)

2006 2005 2004

Financing Activities
    Net increase in certificates of deposit $ 144,203  $ 152,483  $ 119,674 
    Net increase in checking and savings accounts 6,038  63,044  42,187 
    Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances 952,200  4,322,000  4,939,000 
    Repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank advances (976,465) (4,350,051) (4,912,301)
    Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings (12,602) (18,033) 98,057 
    Proceeds from issuance of trust preferred debentures 25,000  ---  --- 
    Repayment of trust preferred debentures (17,250) ---  --- 
    Advances to borrowers for taxes and insurance 155  (39) 70 
    Company stock purchased (3,722) (1,099) (1,116)
    Dividends paid (7,947) (6,855) (5,755)
    Stock options exercised 1,752 
676 
726 
 
            Net cash provided by financing
              activities

111,362 

162,126 

280,542 
 
    Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents 15,418  24,521  18,397 
 
    Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning
      of Year

117,732 

93,211 

74,814 
 
    Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of
      Year

$ 133,150 

$ 117,732 

$ 93,211 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Next Page
98
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 1:     Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Nature of Operations and Operating Segments
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (GSBC or the "Company") operates as a one-bank holding company. GSBC's business primarily consists of the business of Great Southern Bank (the "Bank"), which provides a full range of financial services as well as travel, insurance and investment services through the Bank's other wholly owned subsidiaries to customers primarily in southwest and central Missouri. In addition, the Company serves the loan needs of customers through its loan origination offices in St. Louis, Kansas City and Columbia, Missouri, and Rogers, Arkansas. Outside of Missouri, the states with the largest concentrations of loans by the Company are Arkansas, Kansas and Oklahoma. The Company and the Bank are subject to the regulation of certain federal and state agencies and undergo periodic examinations by those regulatory agencies.

The Company's banking operation is its only reportable segment. The banking operation is principally engaged in the business of originating residential and commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial business loans and consumer loans and funding these loans through attracting deposits from the general public, accepting brokered deposits and borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank and others. The operating results of this segment are regularly reviewed by management to make decisions about resource allocations and to assess performance. Revenue from segments below the reportable segment threshold is attributable to three operating segments of the Company. These segments include insurance services, travel services and investment services. Selected information is not presented separately for the Company's reportable segment, as there is no material difference between that information and the corresponding information in the consolidated financial statements.

 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.
 
Principles of Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank, and the Bank's wholly owned subsidiaries, Great Southern Real Estate Development Corporation, GSB One LLC (including its wholly owned subsidiary, GSB Two LLC), Great Southern Financial Corporation, Great Southern Community Development Corporation and GS, LLC. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Next Page
99
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Reclassifications
 
Certain prior periods' amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2006 financial statements presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net income.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock is a required investment for institutions that are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The required investment in common stock is based on a predetermined formula.
 
Securities
 
Available-for-sale securities, which include any security for which the Company has no immediate plan to sell but which may be sold in the future, are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are recorded, net of related income tax effects, in other comprehensive income.
 
Held-to-maturity securities, which include any security for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity, are carried at historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
 
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recorded as interest income from securities. Realized gains and losses are recorded as net security gains (losses). Gains and losses on sales of securities are determined on the specific-identification method.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
 
Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Write-downs to fair value are recognized as a charge to earnings at the time the decline in value occurs. Nonbinding forward commitments to sell individual mortgage loans are generally obtained to reduce market risk on mortgage loans in the process of origination and mortgage loans held for sale. Gains and losses resulting from sales of mortgage loans are recognized when the respective loans are sold to investors. Fees received from borrowers to guarantee the funding of mortgage loans held for sale and fees paid to investors to ensure the ultimate sale of such mortgage loans are recognized as income or expense when the loans are sold or when it becomes evident that the commitment will not be used.
 
Loans
 
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans. Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. Generally, loans are placed on nonaccrual status at ninety days past due and interest is considered a loss, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection.

Next Page
100
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Discounts and premiums on purchased loans are amortized to income using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses
 
The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.
 
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management's periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.
 
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower's prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.
 
Large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Bank does not separately identify consumer and one-to-four family residential loans for impairment disclosures.
 
Foreclosed Assets Held for Sale
 
Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expense on foreclosed assets.

Next Page
101
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Premises and Equipment
 
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is charged to expense using the straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line and accelerated methods over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter.
 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment. If the implied fair value of goodwill is lower than its carrying amount, a goodwill impairment is indicated and goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. Subsequent increases in goodwill value are not recognized in the financial statements.
 
Intangible assets are being amortized on the straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to seven years. Such assets are periodically evaluated as to the recoverability of their carrying value.
 
A summary of goodwill and intangible assets is as follows:
 
December 31,
2006 2005

(In Thousands)
 
Goodwill - Branch acquisitions $    379 $    379
Goodwill - Travel agency acquisitions 395 293
Deposit intangibles 488 575
Noncompete agreements 133
155
$ 1,395 $ 1,402
Loan Servicing and Origination Fee Income
 
Loan servicing income represents fees earned for servicing real estate mortgage loans owned by various investors. The fees are generally calculated on the outstanding principal balances of the loans serviced and are recorded as income when earned. Loan origination fees, net of direct loan origination costs, are recognized as income using the level-yield method over the contractual life of the loan.
 
Stock Split
 
On May 4, 2004, the Board of Directors of the Company declared a two-for-one stock split effected in the form of a dividend on the outstanding common stock for shareholders of record on May 17, 2004. Each stockholder received one additional share for each share owned on the record date. Historical per share disclosures for earnings and dividends have been updated to account for the stock split.

Next Page
102
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Stockholders' Equity
 
At the 2004 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the Company's stockholders approved the Company's reincorporation to the State of Maryland. This reincorporation was completed in June 2004. Under Maryland law, there is no concept of "Treasury Shares." Instead, shares purchased by the Company constitute authorized but unissued shares under Maryland law. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America state that accounting for treasury stock shall conform to state law. The Company's Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition reflects this change. The cost of shares purchased by the Company has been allocated to Common Stock and Retained Earnings balances.
 
Earnings Per Share
 
Basic earnings per share is computed based on the weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year. Diluted earnings per share is computed using the weighted average common shares and all potential dilutive common shares outstanding during the period.

 
Earnings per share (EPS) were computed as follows:
2006 2005 2004

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
Net income $ 30,743 $ 22,671 $ 26,399
 
Average common shares outstanding 13,697 13,713 13,702
 
Average common share stock options
 outstanding

128

209

293
 
Average diluted common shares 13,825 13,922 13,995
 
Earnings per common share - basic $     2.24 $     1.65 $     1.93
 
Earnings per common share - diluted $     2.22 $     1.63 $     1.89

Options to purchase 318,695 and 116,213 shares of common stock were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for that year because the options' exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares. There were no anti-dilutive options outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Next Page
103
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Stock Option Plans
 
The Company has stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 18. On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share Based Payment. SFAS No. 123(R) specifies the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an entity receives employee services in exchange for (a) equity instruments of the entity or (b) liabilities that are based on the fair value of the entity's equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. SFAS No. 123(R) requires an entity to recognize as compensation expense within the income statement the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation granted to employees. As a result, compensation cost related to share-based payment transactions is now recognized in the Company's consolidated financial statements using the modified prospective transition method provided for in the standard. For the year ended December 31, 2006, share-based compensation expense totaling $480,000 has been included in salaries and employee benefits expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company accounted for stock compensation using the intrinsic value method permitted by APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related Interpretations. For 2005 and 2004, no stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income, as all options granted had an exercise price at least equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the grant date. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, if the Company had applied the fair value provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to stock-based employee compensation in those years.


Year Ended December 31,
2005 2004

(In Thousands, Except Per
Share Amounts)
 
Net income, as reported $ 22,671  $ 26,399 
Less
Total stock-based employee
   compensation cost determined under
   the fair value based method, net of
   income taxes



(1,771)



(523)
Pro forma net income $ 20,900  $ 25,876 
 
Earnings per share
Basic - as reported $     1.65  $     1.93 
 
Basic - pro forma $     1.52  $     1.89 
 
Diluted - as reported $     1.63  $     1.89 
 
Diluted - pro forma $     1.50  $     1.85 

Next Page
104
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 
On December 31, 2005, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the accelerated vesting of certain outstanding out-of-the-money unvested options (Options) to purchase shares of the Company's common stock held by the Company's officers and employees. Options to purchase 183,935 shares which would otherwise have vested from time to time over the next five years became immediately exercisable as a result of this action. The accelerated Options had a weighted average exercise price of $31.49. The closing market price on December 30, 2005, was $27.61. The Company also placed a restriction on the sale or other transfer of shares (including pledging the shares as collateral) acquired through the exercise of the accelerated Options prior to the original vesting date. With the acceleration of these Options, the compensation expense, net of taxes, that was recognized in the Company's income statement for 2006 was reduced by approximately $267,000. The Company estimates that, with the acceleration of these Options, the compensation expense, net of taxes, that will be recognized in its income statement for 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010, will be reduced by approximately $267,000, $267,000, $238,000 and $103,000, respectively. The accelerated Options represent approximately 41% of the unvested Company options and 27% of the total of all outstanding Company options.
 
Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, cash equivalents consisted of interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions. At December 31, 2006, nearly all of the interest-bearing deposits were uninsured, with all of these balances held at the Federal Home Loan Bank.
 
Income Taxes
 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
 
Interest Rate Swaps
 
Interest rate swaps are carried at fair value determined using quoted dealer prices and are recognized in the statements of financial condition in the accounts payable and accrued expenses caption. The Company uses interest rate swaps to help manage its interest rate risk from recorded financial liabilities. These instruments are utilized when they can be demonstrated to effectively hedge a designated liability and the liability exposes the Company to interest-rate risk. For those interest rate swaps which meet the requirements for hedge accounting treatment, amounts to be paid or received under interest-rate swaps are accounted for on the accrual basis and recognized as interest income or expense of the related liability. For those interest rate swaps which do not meet the requirements for hedge accounting treatment, amounts to be paid or received under interest rate swaps are accounted for on the accrual basis and recognized as noninterest income. Gains and losses on early termination of these instruments are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to the yield on the related liability over the shorter of the remaining contract life or the maturity of the related asset or liability. If the related liability is sold or otherwise liquidated, the instrument is marked to market, with the resultant gains or losses recognized in noninterest income.
 

Next Page
105
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Accounting Restatement for Interest Rate Swaps
 
On January 23, 2006, the Company announced that it was restating certain of its historical financial statements for the quarters ended March 31, 2005, June 30, 2005, and September 30, 2005, and years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, 2002, and 2001. The restatement of this financial information relates to correction of prior accounting errors relating to certain interest rate swaps associated with brokered certificates of deposit (CDs).
 
The Company has entered into interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in certain of its brokered CDs. From the inception of the hedging program in 2000, the Company has applied a method of fair value hedge accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 133 to account for the CD swap transactions that allowed the Company to assume the effectiveness of such transactions (the so-called "short-cut" method). The Company concluded that the CD swap transactions did not qualify for this method in prior periods because the method to pay the related CD broker placement fee was determined, in retrospect, to have caused the swap to not have a fair value of zero at inception (which is required under SFAS 133 to qualify for the "short-cut" method). Although the impact of applying the alternative "long-haul" method of documentation using SFAS 133 and the results under the "short-cut" method are believed to result in no significant difference in the hedge effectiveness of the majority of these swaps, and management believes these interest rate swaps have been effective as economic hedges, hedge accounting under SFAS 133 is not allowed for the affected periods because the proper hedge documentation was not in place at the inception of the hedge.
 
The Company is charged a fee in connection with its acquisition of brokered CDs. For those CDs that were part of the Company's accounting restatement for interest rate swaps in 2005, this fee was not paid separately by the Company to the CD broker, but rather was built in as part of the overall rate on the interest rate swap. In connection with the restatement, the Company determined that this broker fee should be accounted for separately as a prepaid fee at the origination of the brokered CD and amortized into interest expense over the maturity period of the brokered CD. If the Company calls the brokered CD (at par) prior to maturity, the remaining unamortized broker fee is expensed at that time. The remaining unamortized prepaid broker fees related to these brokered CDs (that were subject to the restatement) at December 31, 2006 and 2005, were $4.7 million and $6.5 million, respectively. After December 31, 2005, and for any brokered CDs that do not have a corresponding interest rate swap, the broker fee may be paid separately by the Company to the CD broker, in which case the fee would be amortized into interest expense over the maturity period of the brokered CD. In any instances where the fee was not paid separately by the Company to the CD broker, but rather was built in as part of the overall rate on the interest rate swap, the Company must include this in its assessment of the transaction's qualification for hedge accounting.
 
As a result, the financial statements for all affected periods through December 31, 2005, reflect a cumulative charge of approximately $3.4 million (net of income taxes) to account for the interest rate swaps referred to above as if hedge accounting was never applicable to them. In addition, the fiscal year 2005 financial statements include a charge of approximately $5.1 million (net of income taxes), to reflect the same treatment.

Next Page
106
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

The effects of the restatement on net income and earnings per share were as follows:
 
2004

(In Thousands, Except
Per Share Amounts)
 
Net income as previously reported $26,880
Net income as restated $26,399
 
Earnings per share as previously reported
  Basic $    1.96
  Diluted $    1.92
 
Earnings per share as restated
  Basic $    1.93
  Diluted $    1.89

Fair value hedge accounting allows a company to record the change in fair value of the hedged item (in this case, brokered CDs) as an adjustment to income by offsetting the fair value adjustment on the related interest rate swap. Eliminating the application of fair value hedge accounting reverses the fair value adjustments that were made to the brokered CDs. Therefore, while the interest rate swap is recorded on the balance sheet at its fair value, the related hedged items, the brokered CDs, are required to be carried at par. Additionally, the net cash settlement payments received during each of the above periods for these interest rate swaps were reclassified from interest expense on brokered CDs to noninterest income.
 
Restriction on Cash and Due From Banks
 
The Bank is required to maintain reserve funds in cash and/or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank. The reserve required at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, was $34,440,000 and $30,974,000.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (FIN 48), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an Interpretation of SFAS No. 109 - Accounting for Income Taxes. This interpretation addresses accounting for tax uncertainties that arise when a position that an entity takes on its tax return may be different from the position that the taxing authority may take, and provides guidance about the accounting for tax benefits associated with uncertain tax positions, classification of a liability recognized for those positions, and interim reporting considerations. This Interpretation requires that the Company recognize in its financial statements, the impact of a tax position, if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit. The provisions of FIN 48 are effective as of the beginning of the Company's 2007 fiscal year, with the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle recorded as an adjustment to retained earnings. The Company currently does not believe that the adoption of FIN 48 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Next Page
107
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Related to FIN 48, the FASB recently published for comment proposed FASB Staff Position No. FIN 48-a (FSP FIN 48-a). FSP FIN 48-a provides guidance on how a Company should determine whether a tax position is effectively settled for the purpose of recognizing previously unrecognized tax benefits. If adopted, proposed FSP FIN 48-a would be effective as of the same dates as FIN 48.

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments -- an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140. SFAS No. 155 permits fair value re-measurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of Statement 133, establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation, and clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives. SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. The Company does not believe that the adoption of SFAS No. 155 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 156, Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets. SFAS No. 156 amends SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, and specifies the accounting for certain servicing assets and liabilities, such as those common to mortgage servicing activities. SFAS No. 156 requires an entity to separately recognize servicing assets and servicing liabilities and to initially measure these servicing assets and servicing liabilities at fair value at inception. It also permits an entity with a separately recognized servicing asset or servicing liability to choose either the amortization method or fair value method for subsequent measurement. Adoption of SFAS No. 156 is required for transactions occurring in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not believe the adoption of this standard will have a material impact on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosure related to the use of fair value measures in financial statements. This Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, and does not expand the use of fair value measures in financial statements, but standardizes its definition and guidance in generally accepted accounting principles. SFAS No. 157 emphasizes that fair value is a market-based measurement based on an exchange transaction between market participants in which an entity sells an asset or transfers a liability. SFAS No. 157 also establishes a fair value hierarchy from observable market data as the highest level to fair value based on an entity's own fair value assumptions as the lowest level. The Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating this Statement to determine the impact, if any, on certain of its financial assets and liabilities.

Next Page
108
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers' Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans - An Amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132R. SFAS No. 158 requires an entity to recognize in its statement of financial position the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan and to recognize changes in the funded status in the year which the change occurs through other comprehensive income, net of tax. This statement also requires an employer to recognize all transactions and events affecting the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan in comprehensive income in the year in which they occur. SFAS No. 158 only applies to single-employer defined benefit plans; the Company participates in a multi-employer defined benefit pension plan. Therefore, the requirements of SFAS No. 158 will not affect the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. SAB No. 108 was issued to provide guidance on how the effects of prior year uncorrected misstatements should be considered when quantifying misstatements in current year financial statements. SAB No. 108 requires an entity to quantify misstatements using both a balance sheet and an income statement approach and to evaluate whether either approach results in quantifying an error that is material in light of the relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. SAB No. 108 is effective for fiscal years ending after November 15, 2006. The adoption of this standard had no impact on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company in 2006.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. SFAS No. 159 provides companies with the option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. Under the option, any changes in fair value would be included in earnings. This Statement seeks to reduce both complexity in accounting and volatility in earnings caused by differences in the existing accounting rules. Existing accounting principles use different measurement attributes for different assets and liabilities, which can lead to earnings volatility. SFAS No. 159 helps to mitigate this type of accounting-induced volatility by enabling companies to achieve a more consistent accounting for changes in the fair value of related assets and liabilities without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. Under this Statement, entities may measure at fair value financial assets and liabilities selected on a contract-by-contract basis. They would be required to display those values separately from those measured under different attributes on the face of the statement of financial condition. Furthermore, companies must provide additional information that would help investors and other users of financial statements to more easily understand the effect on earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, with earlier application permitted if the Company makes this election for its first fiscal quarter in the 2007 fiscal year. If the Company adopts SFAS No. 159 early, it must also adopt SFAS No. 157 simultaneously. The Company is currently assessing whether it will elect to use the fair value option on certain of its financial assets and liabilities.

In January 2007, the FASB issued an exposure draft - Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. This exposure draft would amend and expand the disclosure requirements in SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivatives Instruments and Hedging Activities. The FASB issued this proposed Statement to address concerns that the existing disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and related hedged items do not provide adequate information on the effect that derivative activities have on an entity's overall consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Specific disclosure requirements are outlined in the proposed Statement. At this time, the FASB has not adopted the final Statement. The Company continues to monitor the exposure draft to determine the impact, if any, on the consolidated financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

Next Page
109
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 2:     Investments in Debt and Equity Securities
 
The amortized cost and approximate fair values of securities classified as available-for-sale were as follows:
 


December 31, 2006
Gross Gross Approximate
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost Gains Losses Value

(In Thousands)
 
U.S. government agencies $ 59,494 $   --- $   798 $ 58,696
Collateralized mortgage
 obligations

30,536

1

453

30,084
Mortgage-backed securities 191,282 221 3,027 188,476
States and political
 subdivisions

51,128

870

31

51,967
Corporate bonds 3,355 101 --- 3,456
Equity securities 11,196
317
---
11,513
 
$346,991 $1,510 $4,309 $344,192

December 31, 2005
Gross Gross Approximate
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost Gains Losses Value

(In Thousands)
 
U.S. government agencies $ 37,913 $ --- $1,381 $ 36,532
Collateralized mortgage
 obligations

32,671

---

628

32,043
Mortgage-backed securities 240,534 122 4,628 236,028
States and political
 subdivisions

45,215

507

107

45,615
Corporate bonds 5,861 160 --- 6,021
Equity securities 13,334
5
262
13,077
 
$375,528 $794 $7,006 $369,316

Next Page
110
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
Approximate
Amortized Fair
Cost Value

(In Thousands)
 
One year or less $  25,241 $  25,241
After one through five years 9,665 9,439
After five through ten years 13,199 13,066
After ten years 65,872 66,373
Securities not due on a single maturity date 221,818 218,560
Equity securities 11,196
11,513
 
$346,991 $344,192


The amortized cost and approximate fair values of securities classified as held-to-maturity were as follows:


December 31, 2006
Gross Gross Approximate
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost Gains Losses Value

(In Thousands)
 
States and political
 subdivisions

$ 1,470

$ 99

$ 0

$ 1,569

December 31, 2005
Gross Gross Approximate
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
Cost Gains Losses Value

(In Thousands)
 
States and political
 subdivisions

$ 1,510

$ 93

$ 0

$ 1,603

Next Page
111
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

The held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
Approximate
Amortized Fair
Cost Value

(In Thousands)
 
After one through five years $     --- $     ---
After five through ten years --- ---
After ten years 1,470
1,569
 
$1,470 $1,569


The amortized cost and approximate fair values of securities pledged as collateral was as follows at December 31, 2006 and 2005:
 
2006 2005
Approximate Approximate
Amortized Fair Amortized Fair
Cost Value Cost Value

(In Thousands)
 
Public deposits $173,218 $172,556 $177,764 $175,949
Collateralized borrowing
 accounts

136,859

134,402

143,636

139,933
Federal Home Loan Bank
 advances
221 218 13,312 13,077
Interest rate swaps and
 treasury, tax and loan
 accounts


9,879


9,784


19,146


18,782
 
$320,177 $316,960 $353,858 $347,741

Next Page
112
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Certain investments in debt and marketable equity securities are reported in the financial statements at an amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, was approximately $204,757,000 and $298,460,000 which is approximately 59.2% and 80.5% of the Company's available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investment portfolio. The declines in debt securities primarily resulted from increases in market interest rates in 2005 and 2006.

Based on evaluation of available evidence, including recent changes in market interest rates, credit rating information and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the declines in fair value for these debt securities are temporary.

Should the impairment of any of these securities become other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary impairment is identified. During 2005, the Company determined that the impairment of one security with an original cost of $3.5 million had become other than temporary. Consequently, the Company recorded a $734,000 charge to income.

The following table shows the Company's gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2006 and 2005:

2006
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Description of Securities Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value Unrealized
Losses

(In Thousands)
 
U.S. government agencies $        --- $     ---  $ 23,455 $  (798) $  23,455 $  (798)
Mortgage-backed securities --- ---  142,275 (3,174) 142,275 (3,174)
Collateralized mortgage
 obligations
17,772 (48) 16,480 (258) 34,252 (306)
State and political subdivisions 1,685
(3)
3,090
(28)
4,775
(31)
 
$19,457 $    (51) $185,300 $(4,258) $204,757 $(4,309)

2005
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
Description of Securities Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value Unrealized
Losses

(In Thousands)
 
U.S. government agencies $  13,886 $   (385) $ 22,646 $  (996) $  36,532 $(1,381)
Mortgage-backed securities 110,202 (1,850) 92,965 (2,778) 203,167 (4,628)
Equity securities 2,761 (193) 10,308 (69) 13,069 (262)
Collateralized mortgage
 obligations
20,101 (252) 11,942 (376) 32,043 (628)
State and political subdivisions 10,874
(71)
2,775
(36)
13,649
(107)
$157,824 $(2,751) $140,636 $(4,255) $298,460 $(7,006)


Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 3:     Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
2006 2005 2004

(In Thousands)
 
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale
  securities, net of income taxes of $1,194 for
  December 31, 2006; $(1,924) for December 31,
  2005; $(574) for December 31, 2004
$2,217 $(3,573) $(1,063)
Less reclassification adjustment for gain (loss)
  included in net income, net of income taxes of
  $0 for December 31, 2006; $(227) for
  December 31, 2005; $(131) for December 31,
  2004




---




(422)




(242)
Change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-
   sale securities, net of income taxes

$2,217

$(3,151)

$  (821)


Note 4:     Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses
 
Categories of loans at December 31, 2006 and 2005, included:
 
2006 2005

(In Thousands)
 
One-to-four family residential mortgage loans $  174,056  $  171,011 
Other residential mortgage loans 73,366  105,845 
Commercial real estate loans 482,574  482,925 
Other commercial loans 149,593  102,034 
Industrial revenue bonds 46,472  70,270 
Construction loans 859,650  701,825 
Installment, education and other loans 136,620  133,346 
Prepaid dealer premium 8,190  4,455 
Discounts on loans purchased (7) (9)
Undisbursed portion of loans in process (229,794) (233,214)
Allowance for loan losses (26,258) (24,549)
Deferred loan fees and gains, net (2,418)
(1,893)
 
$1,672,044  $1,512,046 

Next Page
113
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Transactions in the allowance for loan losses were as follows:
 
2006 2005 2004

(In Thousands)
 
Balance, beginning of year $24,549  $23,489  $20,844 
Provision charged to expense 5,450  4,025  4,800 
Loans charged off, net of recoveries
 of $2,500 for 2006, $2,291 for 2005
  and $2,825 for 2004


(3,741)


(2,965)


(2,155)
 
Balance, end of year $26,258  $24,549  $23,489 


The weighted average interest rate on loans receivable at December 31, 2006 and 2005, was 8.20% and 7.33%, respectively.

Loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition. The unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for others were $70,686,000 and $43,903,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, available lines of credit on these loans were $28,057,000 and $6,561,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

Gross impaired loans totaled approximately $20,243,000 and $16,210,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. An allowance for loan losses of $3,328,000 and $2,229,000 relates to these impaired loans at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. There were $478,000 of impaired loans at December 31, 2006, and $674,000 of impaired loans at December 31, 2005, without a related allowance for loan losses assigned.

Interest of approximately $722,000, $415,000 and $340,000 was received on average impaired loans of approximately $22,630,000, $11,932,000 and $6,615,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Interest of approximately $1,954,000, $834,000 and $463,000 would have been recognized on an accrual basis during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, accruing loans delinquent 90 days or more totaled approximately $441,000 and $830,000, respectively. Nonaccruing loans at December 31, 2006 and 2005, were approximately $19,802,000 and $15,380,000, respectively.

Certain of the Bank's real estate loans are pledged as collateral for borrowings as set forth in Notes 7 and 9.

 

Next Page
114
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank are customers of and had transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of business. Except for the interest rates on loans secured by personal residences, in the opinion of management, all loans included in such transactions were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. Generally, residential first mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit to all employees and directors have been granted at interest rates equal to the Bank's cost of funds, subject to annual adjustments. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, loans outstanding to these directors and executive officers are summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
2006 2005

(In Thousands)
 
Balance, beginning of year $19,783  $15,053 
New loans 18,835  12,126 
Payments (18,413)
(7,396)
 
Balance, end of year $20,205  $19,783 


Note 5:     Premises and Equipment
 
Major classifications of premises and equipment, stated at cost, were as follows:
 
December 31,
2006 2005

(In Thousands)
 
Land $ 8,057 $ 8,352
Buildings and improvements 18,485 17,961
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 21,355
20,498
47,897 46,811
Less accumulated depreciation 21,480
19,546
 
$26,417 $27,265

Next Page
115
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 6:     Deposits
 
Deposits are summarized as follows:
 
December 31,
Weighted Average
Interest Rate
2006 2005

(In Thousands, Except
Interest Rates)
 
Noninterest-bearing accounts --- $   205,191 $   192,247
Interest-bearing checking and
  savings accounts

3.03% - 2.55%

390,158

397,064
 
595,349
589,311
 
Certificate accounts 0% - 1.99% --- 3,605
2% - 2.99% 1,457 47,156
3% - 3.99% 155,213 398,560
4% - 4.99% 358,428 395,830
5% - 5.99% 567,767 94,588
6% - 6.99% 21,694 20,621
7% and above 369
365
 
1,104,928
960,725
Interest rate swap fair value
  adjustment

3,527

217
 
$1,703,804 $1,550,253

The weighted average interest rate on certificates of deposit was 5.19% and 3.98% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit originated by the Bank in denominations greater than $100,000 was approximately $144,053,000 and $125,830,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Bank utilizes brokered deposits as an additional funding source. The aggregate amount of brokered deposits, which are primarily in denominations of $100,000 or more, was approximately $708,210,000 and $584,371,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 

Next Page
116
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

At December 31, 2006, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit were as follows (in thousands):
 
2007 $678,035
2008 53,283
2009 81,541
2010 26,130
2011 43,228
Thereafter 222,711
$1,104,928

A summary of interest expense on deposits is as follows:
2006 2005 2004

(In Thousands)
 
Checking and savings accounts $ 12,679  $ 8,093  $ 4,729 
Certificate accounts 53,145  34,228  24,274 
Early withdrawal penalties (91)
(52)
(51)
 
$65,733  $42,269  $28,952 

Note 7:     Advances From Federal Home Loan Bank
 
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank consisted of the following:
 
December 31, 2006 December 31, 2005
Due In Amount Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
Amount Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate

(In Thousands, Except Interest Rates)
 
2006 $         --- ---% $11,266 4.31%
2007 90,302 5.41     3,302 7.17    
2008 3,395 6.29     3,395 6.29    
2009 24,822 5.34     24,821 4.38    
2010 29,978 4.91     29,978 4.82    
2011 2,239 6.29     27,239 4.88    
2012 and thereafter 28,434
4.07     103,434
3.55    
$179,170 5.13     $203,435 4.16    

Next Page
117
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Included in the Bank's FHLB advances is a $25,000,000 advance with a maturity date of December 16, 2010. The interest rate on this advance is 4.75%. The advance has a call provision that allows the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines to call the advance quarterly.

Included in the Bank's FHLB advances is a $25,000,000 advance with a maturity date of December 7, 2016. The interest rate on this advance is 3.81%. The advance has a call provision that allows the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines to call the advance quarterly beginning December 7, 2007.

The Bank has pledged FHLB stock, investment securities and first mortgage loans free of pledges, liens and encumbrances as collateral for outstanding advances. Investment securities with approximate carrying values of $218,000 and $13,077,000, respectively, were specifically pledged as collateral for advances at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Loans with carrying values of approximately $489,006,000 and $598,017,000 were pledged as collateral for outstanding advances at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 
Note 8:     Short-term Borrowings
 
Short-term borrowings are summarized as follows:
December 31,
2006 2005

(In Thousands)
 
Note payable on tax credit investment $         --- $        45
Overnight borrowings --- 1,001
Securities sold under reverse repurchase agreements   120,956
  132,512
$120,956 $133,558

The Bank enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase (reverse repurchase agreements). Reverse repurchase agreements are treated as financings, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the statements of financial condition. The dollar amount of securities underlying the agreements remains in the asset accounts. Securities underlying the agreements are being held by the Bank during the agreement period. All agreements are written on a one-month or less term.

Short-term borrowings had weighted average interest rates of 4.45% and 4.01% at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Short-term borrowings averaged approximately $129,523,000 and $157,747,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The maximum amounts outstanding at any month end were $186,688,000 and $199,076,000 during those same periods.

Next Page
118
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 9:     Federal Reserve Bank Borrowings
 
The Bank has a potentially available $139,624,000 line of credit under a borrowing arrangement with the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2006. The line is secured primarily by commercial loans and had an outstanding balance of $0 at December 31, 2006.
 
Note 10:   Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trust
 
Great Southern Capital Trust I (Trust I), a Delaware statutory trust, issued 1,725,000 shares of unsecured 9.00% Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities at $10 per share in an underwritten public offering. The gross proceeds of the offering were used to purchase 9.00% Junior Subordinated Debentures from the Company totaling $17,784,000. The Company's proceeds from the issuance of the Subordinated Debentures to Trust I, net of underwriting fees and offering expenses, were $16.3 million. The Subordinated Debentures were scheduled to mature in 2031; the Company elected to redeem the debentures (and as a result the Trust I securities) in November 2006. As a result of the redemption of the Trust I securities, approximately $510,000 (after tax) of related unamortized issuance costs were written off as a noncash expense in 2006.

The Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert this fixed rate debt to variable rates of interest. The variable rate was three-month LIBOR plus 202 basis points, adjusting quarterly. The initial rate was 6.25% and the rate at December 31, 2005, was 6.04%. This interest rate swap was terminated in November 2006 at no cost to the Company.

In November 2006, Great Southern Capital Trust II (Trust II), a statutory trust formed by the Company for the purpose of issuing the securities, issued $25,000,000 aggregate liquidation amount of floating rate cumulative trust preferred securities. The Trust II securities bear a floating distribution rate equal to 90-day LIBOR plus 1.60%. The Trust II securities are redeemable at the Company's option beginning in February 2012, and if not sooner redeemed, mature on February 1, 2037. The Trust II securities were sold in a private transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The gross proceeds of the offering were used to purchase Junior Subordinated Debentures from the Company totaling $25,774,000. The initial interest rate on the Trust II debentures and the rate at December 31, 2006, was 6.98%.

Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust are summarized as follows:

December 31,
2006 2005

(In Thousands)
 
Subordinated debentures $25,774 $17,784
Interest rate swap fair value adjustment ---
275
 
$25,774 $18,059

Next Page
119
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 11:   Income Taxes
 
The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, retained earnings included approximately $17,500,000 for which no deferred income tax liability had been recognized. This amount represents an allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only for tax years prior to 1988. If the Bank were to liquidate, the entire amount would have to be recaptured and would create income for tax purposes only, which would be subject to the then-current corporate income tax rate. The unrecorded deferred income tax liability on the above amount was approximately $6,475,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005.

The provision for income taxes included these components:

2006 2005 2004

(In Thousands)
 
Taxes currently payable $14,224  $16,419  $14,697 
Deferred income taxes (365)
(7,356)
(2,022)
Income tax expense $13,859  $  9,063  $12,675 

The tax effects of temporary differences related to deferred taxes shown on the statements of financial condition were:
December 31,
2006 2005

(In Thousands)
Deferred tax assets
  Allowance for loan losses $  9,190  $  8,592 
  Accrued expenses 427  546 
  Partnership tax credits 291  270 
  Excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired 178  184 
  Book depreciation in excess of tax depreciation 78  --- 
  Unrealized loss and realized impairment on available-
   for-sale securities
1,237  2,431 
  Fair value of interest rate swaps 3,420  4,098 
  Write-down of foreclosed assets 95  108 
  Other          43 
--- 
14,959 
16,229 
Deferred tax liabilities
  Tax depreciation in excess of book depreciation ---  (301)
  FHLB stock dividends (280) (379)
  Bank franchise tax refund (76) (76)
  Prepaid expenses (433) --- 
  Deferred broker fees on CDs (1,637) (2,259)
  Other (161)
(13)
   (2,587)
(3,028)
       Net deferred tax asset $12,372  $  13,201 

Next Page
120
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Reconciliations of the Company's effective tax rates to the statutory corporate tax rates were as follows:
 
2006 2005 2004

 
Tax at statutory rate 35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
Nontaxable interest and dividends (2.2)   (3.2)   (2.3)  
Tax credits (.9)   (1.4)   (.2)  
Other (.8)  
(1.8)  
(.1)  
 
31.1% 28.6% 32.4%

Note 12:   Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
 
The carrying amount approximates fair value.
 
Securities
 
Fair values for securities equal quoted market prices, if available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is estimated based on quoted market prices of similar securities.
 
Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
 
Fair value is estimated using the quoted market prices of similar loans originated.
 
Loans and Interest Receivable
 
The fair value of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.
 
Deposits and Accrued Interest Payable
 
The fair value of demand deposits and savings accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date, i.e., their carrying amounts. The fair value of fixed maturity certificates of deposit is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

Next Page
121
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances
 
Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing advances.
 
Short-term Borrowings
 
The carrying amount approximates fair value.
 
Subordinated Debentures Issued to Capital Trust
 
Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.
 
Commitments to Originate Loans, Letters of Credit and Lines of Credit
 
The fair value of commitments is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date.
 
Interest Rate Swaps
 
Fair values of interest rate swaps are estimated based on quoted dealer prices.

The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments. The fair values of certain of these instruments were calculated by discounting expected cash flows, which method involves significant judgments by management and uncertainties. Fair value is the estimated amount at which financial assets or liabilities could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Because no market exists for certain of these financial instruments and because management does not intend to sell these financial instruments, the Company does not know whether the fair values shown below represent values at which the respective financial instruments could be sold individually or in the aggregate.

 

Next Page
122
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

December 31, 2006 December 31, 2005
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Amount Value Amount Value

(In Thousands)
Financial assets
  Cash and cash equivalents $ 133,150 $ 133,150 $ 117,732 $ 117,732
  Available-for-sale securities 344,192 344,192 369,316 369,316
  Held-to-maturity securities 1,470 1,569 1,510 1,603
  Mortgage loans held for sale 2,574 2,574 2,124 2,124
  Loans, net of allowance for loan losses 1,672,044 1,669,592 1,512,046 1,506,305
  Accrued interest receivable 13,587 13,587 10,841 10,841
  Investment in FHLB stock 10,479 10,479 11,857 11,857
  Interest rate swaps 3,444 3,444 275 275
 
Financial liabilities
  Deposits 1,703,804 1,704,685 1,500,253 1,545,533
  FHLB advances 179,170 179,117 203,435 202,690
  Short-term borrowings 120,956 120,956 133,558 133,558
  Subordinated debentures 25,774 25,774 18,059 18,059
  Accrued interest payable 5,810 5,810 4,615 4,615
  Interest rate swaps 9,773 9,773 11,492 11,492
  Unrecognized financial instruments
   (net of contractual value)
      Commitments to originate loans --- --- --- ---
      Letters of credit 101 101 61 61
      Lines of credit --- --- --- ---

Note 13:   Operating Leases
 
The Company has entered into various operating leases at several of its locations. Some of the leases have renewal options.
 
At December 31, 2006, future minimum lease payments were as follows (in thousands):
2007 $   719
2008 555
2009 473
2010 225
2011 149
Thereafter      180
$2,301

Rental expense was $718,000, $569,000 and $560,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Next Page
123
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 14:   Interest Rate Swaps
 
In the normal course of business, the Company uses derivative financial instruments (primarily interest rate swaps) to assist in its interest rate risk management. In accordance with SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, all derivatives are measured and reported at fair value on the Company's consolidated statement of financial condition as either an asset or a liability. For derivatives that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk, are recognized in current earnings during the period of the change in the fair values. For all hedging relationships, derivative gains and losses that are not effective in hedging the changes in fair value of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings during the period of the change. Similarly, the changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting under SFAS 133 are also reported currently in earnings, in noninterest income. See Note 1, Accounting Restatement for Interest Rate Swaps.

The net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged. The net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in noninterest income.

At the inception of the hedge and quarterly thereafter, a formal assessment is performed to determine whether changes in the fair values of the derivatives have been highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair values of the hedged item and whether they are expected to be highly effective in the future. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. This process includes identification of the hedging instrument, hedged item, risk being hedged and the method for assessing effectiveness and measuring ineffectiveness. In addition, on a quarterly basis, the Company assesses whether the derivative used in the hedging transaction is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value of the hedged item, and measures and records any ineffectiveness. The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it is determined that the derivative is or will no longer be effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item, the derivative expires, is sold, or terminated, or management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate.

The estimates of fair values of the Company's derivatives and related liabilities are calculated by an independent third party using proprietary valuation models. The fair values produced by these valuation models are in part theoretical and reflect assumptions which must be made in using the valuation models. Small changes in assumptions could result in significant changes in valuation. The risks inherent in the determination of the fair value of a derivative may result in income statement volatility.

The Company uses derivatives to modify the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not have a significant adverse effect on net interest income and cash flows and to better match the repricing profile of its interest bearing assets and liabilities. As a result of interest rate fluctuations, certain interest-sensitive assets and liabilities will gain or lose market value. In an effective fair value hedging strategy, the effect of this change in value will generally be offset by a corresponding change in value on the derivatives linked to the hedged assets and liabilities.

Next Page
124
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 
At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company's fair value hedges include interest rate swaps to convert the economic interest payments on certain brokered CDs from a fixed rate to a floating rate based on LIBOR. At December 31, 2006, these fair value hedges were considered to be highly effective and any hedge ineffectiveness was deemed not material. The notional amounts of the liabilities being hedged were $541.0 million and $521.0 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. At December 31, 2006, swaps in a net settlement receivable position totaled $125.0 million and swaps in a net settlement payable position totaled $416.0 million. At December 31, 2005, swaps in a net settlement receivable position totaled $177.3 million and swaps in a net settlement payable position totaled $343.7 million. The net gains (losses) recognized in earnings on fair value hedges were $1.5 million, $(6.6) million and $1.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The maturities of interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2006 and 2005, in terms of notional amounts and their average pay and receive rates were as follows:

2006 2005
Fixed Average Average Fixed Average Average
To Pay Receive To Pay Receive
Variable Rate Rate Variable Rate Rate

(In Millions)
Interest Rate Swaps      
Expected
Maturity Date
2006 $     --- ---% ---% $   30.0 4.21% 4.50%
2007 169.7 5.18     4.72     40.0 4.44     3.36    
2008 17.2 5.21     4.20     17.5 4.23     3.77    
2009 69.1 5.32     4.08     69.5 4.36     3.97    
2010 24.2 5.31     3.65     24.4 4.41     3.43    
2011 41.4 5.31     3.92     41.9 4.29     3.77    
2012 12.5 5.30     4.81     12.6 4.37     4.81    
2013 42.7 5.29     4.30     43.5 4.36     4.17    
2014 16.3 5.31     4.55     55.9 4.33     3.50    
2015 29.2 5.30     4.67     29.6 4.41     4.08    
2016 34.0 5.37     5.21     34.3 4.36     5.21    
2017 16.2 5.30     5.27     16.8 4.40     5.27    
2018 --- ---     ---     4.9 4.14     4.00    
2019 46.3 5.29     4.90     59.5 4.39     4.67    
2020 14.8 5.29     4.00     15.0 4.32     4.00    
2023 7.4 5.32     5.10     8.4 4.14     5.10    
2031 ---
---     ---     17.2
6.04     9.00    
 
$541.0 5.27     4.52     $521.0 4.40     4.29    

Next Page
125
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 15:   Commitments and Credit Risk
 
Commitments to Originate Loans
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since a significant portion of the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate.

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate loans and fund commercial construction aggregating approximately $5,121,000 and $49,819,000, respectively. The commitments extend over varying periods of time with the majority being disbursed within a 30- to 180-day period.

Mortgage loans in the process of origination represent amounts that the Bank plans to fund within a normal period of 60 to 90 days, many of which are intended for sale to investors in the secondary market. Total mortgage loans in the process of origination amounted to approximately $862,000 and $937,000, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

 
Letters of Credit
 
Standby letters of credit are irrevocable conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Financial standby letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, including commercial paper, bond financing and similar transactions. Performance standby letters of credit are issued to guarantee performance of certain customers under nonfinancial contractual obligations. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. Fees for letters of credit issued after December 31, 2002, are initially recorded by the Bank as deferred revenue and are included in earnings at the termination of the respective agreements. Should the Bank be obligated to perform under the standby letters of credit the Bank may seek recourse from the customer for reimbursement of amounts paid.

The Company had total outstanding standby letters of credit amounting to approximately $25,281,000 and $23,545,000, at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, with $19,897,000 and $17,752,000, respectively, of the letters of credit having terms up to three years. The remaining $5,384,000 and $5,793,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, consisted of an outstanding letter of credit to guarantee the payment of principal and interest on a Multifamily Housing Refunding Revenue Bond Issue.

Next Page
126
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Lines of Credit
 
Lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Lines of credit generally have fixed expiration dates. Since a portion of the line may expire without being drawn upon, the total unused lines do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment, commercial real estate and residential real estate. The Bank uses the same credit policies in granting lines of credit as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

At December 31, 2006, the Bank had granted unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately $311,325,000 and $40,236,000 for commercial lines and open-end consumer lines, respectively. At December 31, 2005, the Bank had granted unused lines of credit to borrowers aggregating approximately $297,508,000 and $39,721,000 for commercial lines and open-end consumer lines, respectively.

 
Credit Risk
 
The Bank grants collateralized commercial, real estate and consumer loans primarily to customers in the southwest and central portions of Missouri. Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, loans aggregating approximately $196,958,000 and $193,596,000 at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, are secured by motels, restaurants, recreational facilities, other commercial properties and residential mortgages in the Branson, Missouri, area. Residential mortgages account for approximately $68,531,000 and $69,228,000 of this total at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Note 16:   Additional Cash Flow Information
2006 2005 2004

(In Thousands)
Noncash Investing and Financing Activities
  Real estate acquired in settlement of loans $7,869 $3,422 $4,611
  Sale and financing of foreclosed assets $1,019 $825 $331
  Dividends declared but not paid $2,188 $1,921 $1,644
 
Additional Cash Payment Information
  Interest paid $79,659 $53,677 $36,717
  Income taxes paid $12,938 $14,714 $16,600

Next Page
127
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 17:   Employee Benefits
 
The Company participates in a multiemployer defined benefit pension plan covering all employees who have met minimum service requirements. Effective July 1, 2006, this plan was closed to new participants. Employees already in the plan will continue to accrue benefits. The Company's policy is to fund pension cost accrued. Employer contributions charged to expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, were approximately $1.5 million, $1.2 million and $697,000, respectively. As a member of a multiemployer pension plan, disclosures of plan assets and liabilities for individual employers are not required or practicable.

The Company has a defined contribution retirement plan covering substantially all employees. The Company matches 100% of the employee's contribution on the first 3% of the employee's compensation, and also matches 50% of the employee's contribution on the next 2% of the employee's compensation. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company will match 100% of the employee's contribution on the first 4% of the employee's compensation, and also will match 50% of the employee's contribution on the next 2% of the employee's compensation. Employer contributions charged to expense for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, were approximately $520,000, $404,000 and $341,000, respectively.

 
Note 18:   Stock Option Plans
 
The Company established the 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan for employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Under the plan, stock options or other awards could be granted with respect to 2,464,992 (adjusted for stock splits) shares of common stock. This plan has terminated; therefore, no new stock options or other awards may be granted under this plan. At December 31, 2006, there were 18,904 options outstanding under this plan.

The Company established the 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan for employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Under the plan, stock options or other awards could be granted with respect to 1,600,000 (adjusted for stock splits) shares of common stock. Upon stockholders' approval of the 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, the 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan was frozen; therefore, no new stock options or other awards may be granted under this plan. At December 31, 2006, there were 168,158 options outstanding under this plan.

The Company established the 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan for employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Under the plan, stock options or other awards could be granted with respect to 1,196,448 (adjusted for stock split) shares of common stock. At December 31, 2006, there were 493,295 options outstanding under the plan.

Stock options may be either incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options, and the option price must be at least equal to the fair value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. Options are granted for a 10-year term and generally become exercisable in four cumulative annual installments of 25% commencing two years from the date of grant. The Stock Option Committee may accelerate a participant's right to purchase shares under the plan.

Next Page
128
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Stock awards may be granted to key officers and employees upon terms and conditions determined solely at the discretion of the Stock Option Committee.

The table below summarizes transactions under the Company's stock option plans:


Available
To
Grant
Shares
Under
Option
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Balance, January 1, 2004 496,749  289,042  $ 31.930 
   Granted (9,500) 9,500  48.807 
   Exercised ---  (10,541) (23.062)
   Forfeited from terminated plan(s) ---  (2,798) (29.996)
   Forfeited from current plan(s) 5,750  (5,750) (37.923)
   Effect of 2-for-1 stock split 492,999  279,453  --- 
   Granted (112,663) 112,663  32.069 
   Exercised ---  (15,055) (12.384)
   Forfeited from terminated plans(s) ---  (5,300) (16.143)
   Forfeited from current plan(s) 5,000 
(5,000)
(20.805)
 
Balance, December 31, 2004 878,335  646,214  19.167 
   Granted (127,000) 127,000  30.796 
   Exercised ---  (61,572) (10.860)
   Forfeited from terminated plan(s) ---  (4,450) (16.788)
   Forfeited from current plan(s) 18,300 
(18,300)
(26.326)
 
Balance, December 31, 2005 769,635  688,892  21.877 
   Granted (94,720) 94,720  30.600 
   Exercised ---  (89,192) (14.249)
   Forfeited from terminated plan(s) ---  (3,150) (16.752)
   Forfeited from current plan(s) 10,913 
(10,913)
(26.098)
 
Balance, December 31, 2006 685,828  680,357  $ 24.048 
 

The Company's stock option grants contain terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule whereby portions of the options vest in increments over the requisite service period. These options typically vest one-fourth at the end of years two, three, four and five from the grant date. As provided for under SFAS No. 123(R), the Company has elected to recognize compensation expense for options with graded vesting schedules on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire option grant. In addition, SFAS No. 123(R) requires companies to recognize compensation expense based on the estimated number of stock options for which service is expected to be rendered. Because the historical forfeitures of its share-based awards have not been material, the Company has not adjusted for forfeitures in its share-based compensation expensed under SFAS No. 123(R).

Next Page
129
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:



December 31, December 31, December 31,
2006 2005 2004

Expected dividends per share $0.59 $0.52 $0.43
Risk-free interest rate 4.71% 4.03% 3.21%
Expected life of options 5 years 5 years 5 years
Expected volatility 23.19% 28.68% 16.98%
Weighted average fair value of
   options granted during year
$7.26 $8.38 $5.51

Expected volatilities are based on the historical volatility of the Company's stock, based on the monthly closing stock price. The expected term of options granted is based on actual historical exercise behavior of all employees and directors and approximates the graded vesting period of the options. Expected dividends are based on the annualized dividends declared at the time of the option grant. The risk-free interest rate is based on the five-year treasury rate on the grant date of the options.

The following table presents the activity related to options under all plans for the year ended December 31, 2006.


Weighted
Weighted Average
Average Remaining
Exercise Contractual
Options Price Term

Options outstanding, January 1, 2006 688,892 $21.877
Granted 94,720 30.600
Exercised (89,192) 14.249
Forfeited (14,063)
24.005
Options outstanding, December 31, 2006 680,357 24.048 6.9 years
 
Options exercisable, December 31, 2006 422,835 22.844 6.1 years
 

For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, options granted were 94,720, 127,000 and 131,663, respectively. The total intrinsic value (amount by which the fair value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of an option on exercise date) of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, was $1.3 million, $1.3 million and $552,000, respectively. Cash received from the exercise of options for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, was $1.3 million, $669,000 and $430,000, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $715,000, $470,000 and $325,000 for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Next Page
130
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

The following table presents the activity related to nonvested options under all plans for the year ended December 31, 2006.


Weighted Weighted
Average Average
Exercise Grant Date
Options Price Fair Value

 
Nonvested options, January 1, 2006 262,463  $21.669 $5.064
Granted 94,720  30.600 7.266
Vested this period (91,436) 18.713 4.382
Nonvested options forfeited (8,225)
21.012 4.940
Nonvested options, December 31, 2006 257,522  $26.024 $6.120
 

At December 31, 2006, there was $1.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested options granted under the Company's plans. This compensation cost is expected to be recognized through 2011, with the majority of this expense recognized in 2007 and 2008.

The following table further summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2006:


Options Outstanding
Options Exercisable
Weighted
Average Weighted Weighted
Remaining Average Average
Range of Number Contractual Exercise Number Exercise
Exercise Prices Outstanding Life Price Exercisable Price

 
$7.688 to $9.078 25,283 3.61 years $8.106 25,283 $8.106
$10.750 to $13.788 68,439 3.51 years $12.573 68,439 $12.573
$18.188 to $25.000 265,690 5.82 years $19.975 149,691 $19.661
$26.540 to $36.390 320,945
8.68 years $31.122 179,422
$31.493
680,357 6.85 years $24.048 422,835 $22.844

Note 19: Significant Estimates and Concentrations
 

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require disclosure of certain significant estimates and current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations. Estimates related to the allowance for loan losses are reflected in the footnote regarding loans. Current vulnerabilities due to certain concentrations of credit risk are discussed in the footnotes on loans, deposits and on commitments and credit risk.

Next Page
131
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 
Note 20:   Regulatory Matters
 
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct and material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's and the Bank's assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company's and the Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Total and Tier I Capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of Tier I Capital (as defined) to adjusted tangible assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2006, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.

As of December 31, 2006, the most recent notification from the Bank's regulators categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier 1 leverage capital ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

The Company's and the Bank's actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table. No amount was deducted from capital for interest-rate risk.



To Be Well
Capitalized Under
For Capital Prompt Corrective
Actual Adequacy Purposes Action Provisions
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio

(In Thousands)
As of December 31, 2006
   Total Risk-based Capital
      Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. $224,680 11.9% >$150,979 >8.0% N/A N/A
      Great Southern Bank $216,972 11.5% >$150,982 >8.0% >$188,727 >10.0%
 
   Tier I Risk-based Capital
      Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. $201,057 10.7% >$75,490 >4.0% N/A N/A
      Great Southern Bank $193,348 10.2% >$75,491 >4.0% >$113,236 >6.0%
 
   Tier 1 Leverage Capital
      Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. $201,057 9.2% >$87,462 >4.0% N/A N/A
      Great Southern Bank $193,348 8.9% >$87,298 >4.0% >$109,123 >5.0%

Next Page
132
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004



To Be Well
Capitalized Under
For Capital Prompt Corrective
Actual Adequacy Purposes Action Provisions
Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio

(In Thousands)
As of December 31, 2005
  Total Risk-based Capital
    Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. $193,736 11.4% > $135,743 > 8.0% N/A N/A
    Great Southern Bank $191,481 11.3% > $135,569 > 8.0% > $169,461 > 10.0%
 
  Tier I Risk-based Capital
    Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. $172,485 10.2% > $67,871 > 4.0% N/A N/A
    Great Southern Bank $170,257 10.1% > $67,784 > 4.0% > $101,677 > 6.0%
 
  Tier 1 Leverage Capital
    Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. $172,485 8.4% > $82,593 > 4.0% N/A N/A
    Great Southern Bank $170,257 8.3% > $82,375 > 4.0% > $102,969 > 5.0%


The Company and the Bank are subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that may be declared without prior regulatory approval. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company and the Bank exceeded their minimum capital requirements. The entities may not pay dividends which would reduce capital below the minimum requirements shown above.
 
Note 21:   Litigation Matters
 
In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are subject to pending and threatened legal actions, some for which the relief or damages sought are substantial. After reviewing pending and threatened litigation with counsel, management believes at this time that the outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations or stockholders' equity. We are not able to predict at this time whether the outcome or such actions may or may not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations in a particular future period as the timing and amount of any resolution of such actions and its relationship to the future results of operations are not known.

Next Page
133
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

 

Note 22:   Summary of Unaudited Quarterly Operating Results

Following is a summary of unaudited quarterly operating results for the years 2006, 2005 and 2004:

2006
Three Months Ended
March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
Interest income $34,197 $37,228 $39,204 $39,452
Interest expense 17,565 20,105 21,339 21,845
Provision for loan losses 1,325 1,425 1,350 1,350
Net realized gains (losses) on
  available-for-sale securities
--- (29) 28 ---
Noninterest income 7,123 7,441 7,090 7,978
Noninterest expense 11,750 12,115 12,288 12,654
Provision for income taxes 3,484 3,500 3,287 3,588
Net income 7,196 7,524 8,030 7,993
Earnings per common share - diluted .52 .54 .58 .58
 
2005
Three Months Ended
March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
Interest income $25,001 $27,538 $29,924 $32,032
Interest expense 11,672 13,524 14,824 16,077
Provision for loan losses 900 975 975 1,175
Net realized gains (losses) on
  available-for-sale securities
(20) (3) 89 (715)
Noninterest income 2,897 13,096 2,695 2,871
Noninterest expense 10,562 10,770 11,390 11,476
Provision for income taxes 1,381 5,071 1,585 1,026
Net income 3,383 10,294 3,845 5,149
Earnings per common share - diluted .24 .74 .28 .37
 
2004
Three Months Ended
March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)
 
Interest income $19,852 $20,497 $22,496 $24,214
Interest expense 8,352 8,609 9,408 10,864
Provision for loan losses 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200
Net realized losses on
   available-for-sale securities
(8) --- (363) (12)
Noninterest income 12,012 1,510 13,449 6,338
Noninterest expense 9,307 9,600 9,692 10,662
Provision for income taxes 4,367 710 5,167 2,431
Net income 8,638 1,888 10,478 5,395
Earnings per common share - diluted .62 .14 .75 .39

Next Page
134
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

Note 23:   Condensed Parent Company Statements

The condensed balance sheets at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and statements of income and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, for the parent company, Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., were as follows:

December 31,
2006 2005

(In Thousands)
Balance Sheets
 
    Assets
      Cash $     9,264 $    2,930
      Available-for-sale securities 550 ---
      Investment in subsidiary bank 192,835 167,823
      Income taxes receivable 79 40
      Premises and equipment 144 153
      Prepaid expenses 15 820
      Other assets 1,016
1,163
 
$ 203,903 $ 172,929
 
    Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses $     2,533 $     2,068
      Subordinated debentures issued to capital trust 25,774 18,059
      Deferred income taxes 18 ---
      Common stock 137 137
      Additional paid-in capital 18,481 17,781
      Retained earnings 158,780 138,921
      Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities, net (1,820)
(4,037)
 
$ 203,903 $ 172,929

Next Page
135
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

2006 2005 2004

(In Thousands)
Statements of Income
    Income
      Dividends from subsidiary bank $  10,000  $  8,000  $  7,250 
      Interest and dividend income 47  96  38 
      Net realized gains on sales of
       available-for-sale securities
---  (3) --- 
      Other income
17 
--- 
10,048 
8,110 
7,288 
 
    Expense
      Operating expenses 1,779  523  598 
      Interest expense 1,334 
986 
610 
3,113 
1,509 
1,208 
 
    Income before income tax and
     equity in undistributed earnings
      of subsidiaries
6,935  6,601  6,080 
    Credit for income taxes (981)
(447)
(381)
 
    Income before equity in earnings
     of subsidiaries
7,916  7,048  6,461 
 
    Equity in undistributed earnings of
     subsidiaries
22,827 
15,623 
19,938 
 
      Net income $30,743  $22,671  $26,399 

Next Page
136
 

Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004

2006 2005 2004

(In Thousands)
Statements of Cash Flows
  Operating Activities
    Net income $ 30,743  $ 22,671  $ 26,399 
    Items not requiring (providing) cash
      Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary (22,827) (15,623) (19,938)
      Depreciation 23  16 
      Amortization 806  31  31 
      Net realized gains on sale of fixed assets ---  (14) --- 
      Net realized losses on sales of available-
        for-sale securities
---  --- 
      Net realized (gains) losses on other investments (1) (2)
    Changes in
      Prepaid expenses and other assets (1) (4) (32)
      Accounts receivable 113  173  855 
      Accounts payable and accrued expenses 198  (7) 74 
      Income taxes (39)
(64)
(118)
          Net cash provided by operating activities 9,001 
7,187 
7,293 
 
  Investing Activities
    Purchase of fixed assets ---  (40) (7)
    Proceeds from sale of fixed assets ---  29  --- 
    Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities ---  873  --- 
    Other investments ---  ---  (25)
    Purchase of available-for-sale securities (500)
--- 
(875)
          Net cash provided by (used in)
            investing activities

(500)

862

(907)
  Financing Activities
    Proceeds from issuance of trust preferred
      debentures
25,000  ---  --- 
    Repayment of trust preferred debentures (17,250) ---  --- 
    Dividends paid (7,947) (6,855) (5,755)
    Stock options exercised 1,752  676  726 
    Company stock purchased (3,722)
(1,099)
(1,116)
          Net cash used in financing activities (2,167)
(7,278)
(6,145)
 
  Increase in Cash 6,334  771  241 
  Cash, Beginning of Year 2,930 
2,159 
1,918 
 
  Cash, End of Year $  9,264  $  2,930  $  2,159
 
  Additional Cash Payment Information
    Interest paid $1,136 $986 $610

Next Page
137
 

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                   ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

             None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

             We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act (the "Exchange Act")) that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported accurately and within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate. An evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures was carried out as of December 31, 2006, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and several other members of our senior management. Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2006, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that the information we are required to disclose in the reports we file or submit under the Act is (i) accumulated and communicated to our management (including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms.

             There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Act) that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2006, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. The annual report of management on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting and the attestation report thereon issued by our independent registered public accounting firm are set forth below under "Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting" and "Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm."

Next Page
138
 

             We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns in controls or procedures can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

MANAGEMENT'S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL
OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

             The management of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company") is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). The Company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

             Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention of overriding controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

             Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on that assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2006, the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective.

             Management's assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, has been audited by BKD, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Their attestation report on management's assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 is set forth below.

Next Page
139
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Account Firm

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders
Great Southern Bancorp, Inc.
Springfield, Missouri

We have audited management's assessment, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control -- Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management's assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management's assessment that Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established in Internal Control -- Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also, in our opinion, Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control -- Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc. and our report dated March 14, 2007, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/BKD, LLP

Springfield, Missouri
March 14, 2007

Next Page
140
 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

             None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

             Directors and Executive Officers. The information concerning our directors and executive officers required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

             Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance. The information concerning compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by our directors, officers and ten percent stockholders required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

             Code of Ethics. We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, and persons performing similar functions, and to all of our other employees and our directors. A copy of our code of ethics was filed as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

             The information concerning compensation and other matters required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
                  MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

             The information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

Next Page
141
 

             The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2006 with respect to compensation plans under which shares of our common stock may be issued:

Equity Compensation Plan Information
Plan Category
Number of Shares
to be issued upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
Weighted Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding
Options, Warrants
and Rights
Number of Shares Remaining
Available for Future Issuance
Under Equity Compensation
Plans (Excluding Shares
Reflected in the First Column)
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders 680,357 $24.048 685,828(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders N/A N/A N/A
Total 680,357 $24.048 685,828(1)
_________________________
(1) Under the Company's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, all remaining shares could be issued to plan participants as restricted stock.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

             The information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

             The information concerning principal accountant fees and services is incorporated herein by reference from our definitive proxy statement for our 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, a copy of which will be filed not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year.

Next Page
142
 

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) List of Documents Filed as Part of This Report
 
(1) Financial Statements
 
The Consolidated Financial Statements and Independent Accountants' Report are included in Item 8.
 
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
 
Inapplicable.
 
(3) List of Exhibits
 
Exhibits incorporated by reference below are incorporated by reference pursuant to Rule 12b-32.
 
(2) Plan of acquisition, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, or succession
 
Inapplicable.
 
(3) Articles of incorporation and Bylaws
 
(i) The Registrant's Charter previously filed with the Commission as Appendix D to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 31, 2004 (File No. 000-18082), is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3.1.
 
(ii) The Registrant's Bylaws, previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Appendix E to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 31, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 3.2.
 
(4) Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures
 
The Company hereby agrees to furnish the SEC upon request, copies of the instruments defining the rights of the holders of each issue of the Registrant's long-term debt.
 
(9) Voting trust agreement
 
Inapplicable.
 
 
(10) Material contracts
 
The Registrant's 1989 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1990, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.1.

The Registrant's 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Annex A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on September 18, 1997, for the fiscal, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.2.

Next Page
143
 

The Registrant's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission (File No. 000-18082) as Annex A to the Registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 14, 2003, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.3.

The employment agreement dated September 18, 2002 between the Registrant and William V. Turner previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.4.

The employment agreement dated September 18, 2002 between the Registrant and Joseph W. Turner previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.5.

The form of incentive stock option agreement under the Registrant's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File no. 000-18082) filed on February 24, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.6.

The form of non-qualified stock option agreement under the Registrant's 2003 Stock Option and Incentive Plan previously filed with the Commission as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File no. 000-18082) filed on February 24, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 10.7.

A description of the salary and bonus arrangements for the Registrant's named executive officers for 2007 is attached as Exhibit 10.8.

A description of the current fee arrangements for the Registrant's directors is attached as Exhibit 10.9.

 
(11) Statement re computation of per share earnings
 
The Statement re computation of per share earnings is included in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 above.
 
(12) Statements re computation of ratios
 
The Statement re computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges is attached hereto as Exhibit 12.
(13) Annual report to security holders, Form 10-Q or quarterly report to security holders
 
Inapplicable.
 
(14) Code of Ethics
 
The Registrant's Code of Business Conduct and Ethics previously filed with the Commission (File no. 000-18082) as Exhibit 14 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 14.
 

Next Page
144
 

 
 
(16) Letter re change in certifying accountant
 
Inapplicable.
 
(18) Letter re change in accounting principles
 
Inapplicable.
 
(21) Subsidiaries of the registrant
 
A listing of the Registrant's subsidiaries is attached hereto as Exhibit 21.
 
(22) Published report regarding matters submitted to vote of security holders
 
Inapplicable.
 
(23) Consents of experts and counsel
 
The consent of BKD, LLP to the incorporation by reference into the Form S-8s previously filed with the Commission (File nos. 33-55832, 333-104930 and 333-106190) of their report on the financial statements included in this Form 10-K, is attached hereto as Exhibit 23.
 
(24) Power of attorney
 
Included as part of signature page.
 
(31.1) Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 
Attached as Exhibit 31.1
 
(31.2) Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Treasurer
 
Attached as Exhibit 31.2
 
(32) Certification pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
 
Attached as Exhibit 32.
 
(99) Additional Exhibits
 
Certifications pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Next Page
145
 

SIGNATURES

             Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC.



Date: March 16, 2007 By: /s/ Joseph W. Turner
Joseph W. Turner
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Duly Authorized Representative)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

         We, the undersigned officers and directors of Great Southern Bancorp, Inc., hereby severally and individually constitute and appoint Joseph W. Turner and Rex A. Copeland, and each of them, the true and lawful attorneys and agents of each of us to execute in the name, place and stead of each of us (individually and in any capacity stated below) any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and all instruments necessary or advisable in connection therewith and to file the same with the Securities and Exchange Commission, each of said attorneys and agents to have the power to act with or without the others and to have full power and authority to do and perform in the name and on behalf of each of the undersigned every act whatsoever necessary or advisable to be done in the premises as fully and to all intents and purposes as any of the undersigned might or could do in person, and we hereby ratify and confirm our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys and agents or each of them to any and all such amendments and instruments.

         Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature
Capacity in Which Signed
Date
 
/s/ Joseph W. Turner
Joseph W. Turner
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 16, 2007
 
/s/ William V. Turner
William V. Turner
Chairman of the Board March 16, 2007
 
/s/ Rex A. Copeland
Rex A. Copeland
Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)
March 16, 2007
 
/s/ William E. Barclay
William E. Barclay
Director March 16, 2007
 
/s/ Larry D. Frazier
Larry D. Frazier
Director March 16, 2007
 
 
/s/ Thomas J. Carlson
Thomas J. Carlson
Director March 16, 2007
 
/s/ Julie T. Brown
Julie T. Brown
Director March 16, 2007
 
/s/ Earl A. Steinert, Jr.
Earl A. Steinert, Jr.
Director March 16, 2007

Next Page
146
 

GREAT SOUTHERN BANCORP, INC.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.

Document
10.8 Description of Salary and Bonus Arrangements for Named Executive Officers for 2007
10.9 Description of Current Fee Arrangements for Directors
12 Statement of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23 Consent of BKD, LLP, Certified Public Accountants
31.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
31.2 Certification of Treasurer Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)
32 Certifications Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act
Next Page
147